Arabic prose composition

-^^-^

PRINCIPAL

W. R. TAYLOR

COLLECTION

1951

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/arabicprosecompoOOweiruoft

ARABIC PROSE COMPOSITION

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS

ilonUon: FETTER LANE, E.G.

C. F. CLAY, Manager

minbnxQ]): 100, PRINCES STREET

Berlin: A. ASHER AND CO.

letpjiB: F. A. BROCKHAUS

Hlfta) fiorft: G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS

ISombag antJ Calrutta: MACMILLAN AND CO., Ltd

All rights reserved

Le<, A ra 6. Qf

ARABIC PROSE COMPOSITION

T. H. WEIR, B.D., M.R.A.S.

Lecturer in Arabic in the University of Glasgow.

521602

Cambridge :
at the University Press
1910

Cambridge:

PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A.
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS

TO

PAST AND PRESENT
STUDENTS OF ARABIC

IN

THE UNIVERSITY OF GLASGOW

CONTENTS

I.

Preliminary Exercises .

PAGE

1

II.

Easier Proses

25

III.

Easier Newspaper Extracts .

46

IV.

Advanced Prose ....

57

Glossary

115

PREFACE

THE exercises contained in the following pages are in-
tended to carry the student of Arabic on from the
rudiments of the Language to what may be considered
advanced prose.

The Preliminary Exercises (Part I) are to be used during
the study of the grammar and syntax. References have been
added at the foot of the page to the late Mr Thornton's
useful abridgement of Wright's Arabic Gramma)- edited by
Mr R. A. Nicholson, M.A., for the Cambridge University
Press; but as the ground covered in each exercise is indi-
cated in the heading, the student may use any grammar
to which he is accustomed. Indeed, a progressive grammar
of Classical Arabic, on the principle of the late Professor
Davidson's Elementary Hebrew Grammar, is still a de-
sideratum.

The Proses in Part II have been selected for the most
part from Vols. I and ii of the admirable Majani'l-Adab
published by the Jesuit Fathers in Beyrout, but also from
other sources; and those in Part III from the weekly
edition of the famous Cairo newspaper Al-Muaiyad, edited
by the Sheikh Ali Yusuf; whilst those in Part IV consist
of extracts from the Times, from Lord Cromer's Modem
Egypt, and other sources, which were reproduced in an
Arabic version in the columns of the Muaiyad. To each
of the first sixteen of these there has been added a " literal
version," which should be carefully compared with the
original and then translated into Arabic. In the case of
the remainder, as in the earlier parts, footnotes have been
considered sufficient.

There is nothing incongruous in attempting to combine
in one volume the classical and the modem Arabic. Every
Egyptian newspaper reflects in some measure the language
of the Koran and of the ancient poets, just as an English

Vlll

journal does that of the Bible and of Shakespear, and the
reader who is not familiar with these misses much of the
pith and marrow of the composition. Moreover, whatever
may be said of some products of the Syrian and Egyptian
press, the Muaiyad is distinguished for the excellent Arabic
in which its articles are composed.

In Parts I, II and III of the present work any considera-
tions of style have been sacrificed to the desire to make the
English reflect the required Arabic expression as closely as
possible. In this way the student will become more familiar
with the Arabic idiom, and it will be a good exercise for him
to turn this Arabic-English into King's English. As a general
rule it may be said that the most difficult passage can be
most easily rendered into Arabic by first of all re-writing it
in the simple Saxon-English of the Bible, particularly of the
Old Testament.

In the glossary the vowel-points have been omitted in
cases where they can easily be supplied, and, generally, it
has been left to the student to make forms for himself,
rather than that they should be given him ready made. If
a word is not given in the glossary, it is for this reason, or
because it is not required. It is necessary to warn the
beginner that the Arabic words given in the glossary are
the equivalents of the English only in the particular sense
in which the latter happen to occur in the text.

My best thanks are due to the Rev. Professor James
Robertson, D.D., LL.D. and to Mr Alexander S. Fulton for
their kindness in reading the proof-sheets of the whole book :
to the Messrs Macmillan for their permission to reprint the
passages from Lord Cromer's Modern Egypt', and to the
readers and compositors of the Cambridge University Press
for the extreme care and accuracy with which the work of
printing has been done.

T. H. WEIR.

Glasgow University, 1910.

PART I

PRELIMINARY EXERCISES

TRANSLITERATION

Consonants.

1 ='

i^

= t

^ =b

^

= z

o =t

t
t

_ {

^ =th

= gh

e=j

Z^

= f

(3

=q

J

=k

> =d

J

= 1

> =dh

j>

= m

J =r

o

= n

J =z

0

= h

^ =8

^

= w

Ji =8h

\S

= y

^=8

I

= !i

u^=d

Vowels and Diphthongs.

a

\^ = an

1' =a

i

— ^in

L^. = i

u

.*- = tm

y =u

e^

0,

sJ = B.i

^ = au

1. Orthography.

Transliterate :

a. (Consonants^), bt dr rs sr dd th 'f d* qd fq Im ml fk kn^
hw ny byn yffm dyn rqs rkd dlw klb qlq 'rd nzm nzl hyj btn tbn
mrw bdl Uh msjd hjj krsy b'yr tybh dhbh khlyfR shms thbt ghrd
shghl shyh mkli bhm khtb tm swr!i lylti b's si 'khdh T'dhbnk.

h. (Vowel-signs^), ba li fu hal lima kul sir'qad haraba
qutila yanzilu -^rajulww rajuk'w rajulaw qaryataw^ madhiatz^w
madinatm madinata/i^ kutiba yukatibu fEudaw zakatu salatu
hayatu rama dunya yahya tauratu kalamu yaklimu.

c. (HamzaR^). 'asadi^w 'ibilww 'umira sa'ala su'ila su'ala
ka'iba batu'a qara'a yaqra'u fati'a yafta'u )^abda' \m\'un zim'aw
yabti'u ba'a yaji'u yusi'una 'abna'u 'abna'uhu 'abna'a 'abna'ahu
'abna'i 'abna'ihi ru'tisu taji'una.

d. (Tashdid"). kallamaj kallim takallumu saiyidu hauwana
khuyyila himarww hammarwTi dabbati duwaibbati farra furira
'akhkharat maiyitww.

Prefix the Definite Article to the following :

Qamaru 'insanu baitu jam khalu 'ainu ghaibu mar'u hawanu
Shamsu thauni dalwu ra'su sairu naumu mautu zannu waladu
yadu 'ahlu lailu 'ilahu.

Transliterate :

e. (Maddah^). malu 'alu 'akala 'akala ya'kul 'akul yu'kal
'ukal yu'min 'umin mu'minu katibu 'akilu 'iqtalu 'imanu qala
ja'a sara sha'a sakranu mal'anu.

/ (Waslah«). Prefix (1) the Article (2) qala (3) qalat
(4) hum (5) ra'au (6) 'au (7) min (8) tarai (9) rajulww to the
Arabic words for name, son, two.

^ Da Pre Thornton's Elementary Arabic, §§ 1, 2.
2 Thornton, §§ 4-10. » Thornton, §§ 15-17.

* Thornton, §§ 11, 14. ^ Thornton, §§ 22, 23, 132.

« Thornton, §§ 18-21.

Write in Arabic the following pairs of words :
Qala ukhruj : qalat idhhab : qalu ijlis : rajulww ismuhu : rain
ismihi : min al-ismi : kataba al-isma : qatala al-ibna : min al-ibni :
nazara ithnaini: laqau ithnaini : min al-ithnaini : darabu al-rajula.

g. Write the Arabic for :

a. (With the vowel-signs) :

Adam, Jerusalem, Job, Babylon, Umaiyah, Ishmael, Othman,
Mohammad, Lokman, Thamud, Idris, Omar, Barzakh, Ramadan,
Honein, Mecca, denier, Midian, Medina, Yathrib, Shoaib, the
Gospel, Sinai, Noah, Goliath, Kisra, the Greeks, the Christians,
the Jews, Gog, Magog, India, Iblis, the Satan, Irem, Pharaoh,
Egypt, the Safa, the Merwah, Gabriel, Michael, Coreish, Moses
son of Amram, Jesus son of Mary, Solomon son of David,
Joseph son of Jacob son of Isaac son of Abraham, Buzurjumihr,
Anusharwan.

yS. (Without the vowel-signs) :

Victoria, England, London, France, Paris, Germany, Russia,
Siberia, Manchuria, the Hungarians, Austria, Italy, Europe,
Duchess, Turkey, firman, the Times, Britain, British, Sardinia,
the Vatican, Catholic, Pope, Mr, Monsieur, Bombay, boulevards,
Port Arthur, Khedive, centimetre, kilometre, pasha, police, Jeved,
Bosnia, Herzegovina, Haicheng, Ascalon, October, November,
December, philosopher, Euclid, Aristotle, Macedonia, Pharisee,
locomotive, franc, the Franks.

2. Forms of the Verb\

V

It was much. He made much. He desired much. He
knew. He taught. He learned. He slew. He massacred.
He fought. Tliere fought mutually. He gave pardon. He asked
pardon. He declared true. He declared false. He was truth-
ful. He lied. He liealed. He blessed. He became blessed.
He turned aside (intr.). He exchanged. He gave in exchange.
1 Thornton, §§ 35-68.

1—2

•^He took in exchange. He furnished. He was good. He did good^
He veiled himself. He mixed. It mixed with (tr.). It mixea
(intr.). He was in a hurry. He hurried. He asked to be
hurried. He declared unlawful. He warred. There warred
mutually. He disputed with. He stored up for himself. He
contradicted. There disagreed. He sacrificed. He slaughtered.
He spoke. There spoke to one another. He committed crime.
It turned black. It became black. He divided. He objurgated.
He waged holy war. He recollected himself. He thought weak.
He excused himself. He turned round. It became white. He
managed. He turned his back. He planned. It (star) went
up. He surveyed. He shouted. He smiled. He followed.
He accompanied. He carried. He loaded. He was hump-
backed. He strove with. There strove. It quaked. He made
to quake. He philosophized. He was comfortable. He lay on
his face. He stretched his neck.

3. The Strong Verb^ (including participles and infinitives).

You went out. You will go out. Go out ! He will push.
Push ! They will be niggardly. They were niggardly. They
lost. Let them indeed take oath. You assailed. We fretted.
The two rode. Ride ! He was chid. They were asked to
preserve. Be firm. Make firm. Go away you two. I will
indeed punish. Spy out. They will be defrauded. He was
dislodged. You made a treaty with. You reaped. Dissipating.
Cowering. The rightly guided. You were in grievous case.
Let him beware. It will bristle. They came on the scene. You
are ignorant. She shrivelled. Turn away ! She will tell news.
It is destined. He was blessed. Blessed. He will be incar-
cerated. You will be enchanted. Make public. We perverted.
She was heavy. It was likened. Lash ! They understand.
They were noticed. You disputed. Sent. They will suckle.
He was loaded. Frozen. I was keen-sighted. Let them be
1 Thornton, §§ 73-117, 196, 202, 230, 23«.

keen-sighted. Having shaved. Leave alone ! Wait ! Vain.
Send ! Those in despair. They will belie. Lowly. They are
expecting. It was ransacked. He will be crucified. She was
brought nigh. Disliked. He will indeed help. They were convulsed.
Convulsion. The spendthrifts. You will wear. You will
confuse. She will be comfortable. You stretched out. Anni-
hilating. It was rolled. She was troubled. She was made to
quake. Holy war. To teach. Teacher. Juggler. They will
encamp.

4. Doubled Verbs \

Shake ! They will keep on. I perfected. He perfected.
He will perfect. Perfect ! Love ! I was returned. Let him
dictate. He will indeed touch. He will verify. They persisted.
You were forced. I erred. You will indeed stretch out. They
will obstruct. That we may be abased. You abase. Let him
indeed debar. She hides. He will pull. Blamed. She will
gladden. They kept secret. It harms. Restrain. She was
plucked up. He will thrust. They will be thrust. They wjU
fall down. It is lawful. A pilgrim. Dispersed. He will
swoop. They will argue with. They will argue with one
another. We split. Pour ! We will recount. Setting free.
You slipped. Let them revile. He will bind firmly. Bind
firmly. Dismiss ! You will flee. That you may be pious. Let
him abstain. Let them abstain. Threaten !

5. Verbs with HamzahI

Ask ! Asked. He was asked. It will be asked. He ran
away. It was founded. You prefer. We have missed. They will
turn away in disgust. Brought together. You will indeed announce.
He declared innocent. I will command. You have hired. I will

1 Thornton, §§ 120-124.
* Thornton, §§ 130-140.

6

indeed fill. She was filled. You have been assigned a date.
Censured. Believe ! They believed. We shall believe. Belief.
A believer. Take ! Take to yourselves ! You will thirst. Let
them ask to be allowed. They will repel. You repelled one
another. They will be changed in nature. He will begin. He
will indeed delay much. Eat. Command. And command.
And eat. Eating. You find out. That they may extinguish.
A congress. Then allow ! 0 Musa, allow !

6. Verbs first radical weak\

He will find. Let him find. She was afraid. May you be
afraid. Let. He slumbered. He will slumber. Slumber. To
slumber. He will place. They will place. It was placed. It
will be kindled. They describe. You promised. You were
promised. You wiU be promised. He was menaced. You will
be menaced. He will arrive. That it be joined. He was made
agent. Rely ! May she bear. He will be born. Give ! We
will brand. You will indeed forsake. They shall be certain.
He will inherit. We made to inherit. I will exhort. Exhort !
He will be exhorted. We made easy. They will tread. Buried
alive. He will whisper. They were stood (made to stand). It
occurred. I will awake.

7. Verbs second radical weak I

We drove. We will drive. It will be rained on. You died.
You put to death. They will pass the night. They will meditate
by night. They gave by measure. They took by measure. I
repented. They repented. He wiU repent. Repent ! Take
provisions. They took provisions. You waded. We will wade.
We will fear. The being within reach of one another. It will
be fancied. We ornamented. They were traitors. She tasted.

1 Thornton, §§ 142-148, etc.

2 Thornton, §§ 149-157, etc.

Taste ! Tasting. We will indeed make to taste. He bestowed.
It was intervened. He was disappointed. He increased. He
was debating with. You visited. Let us become masters.
She was married. They were made to return. They will receive
protection. He demanded protection. Give protection. You
will be able. I sought refuge. Say, I seek refuge in God. The
two passed on. They were sceptical. Sceptic. Causing doubt.
Let him deviate. Obey ! Obeying. Obeyed. The two came
to naught. That they come to naught. It will be circumambu-
lated. We flooded. Hunt ! I will plot a plotting. I am almost.
I will make to perish. Said a sayer. She has embellished.

8. Verbs third radical weak\

They met. Cast! They cast. It flows. That he may
reward. It was empty. They were empty. Let him be empty.
I am satisfied. I dreaded. They will dread. Let him dread.
Dread ! Hope ! Hoped. You are satisfied. They will satisfy.
They were guided. Guide ! Let him throw. Travel by night !
I recited. I will recite. Recite ! It will be recited. He is
insolent. Go out in the morning. They were called to. We
have proved. He selected. Drawing near. Herd ! The two
are on a level. They conspire. We will indeed deliver. You
will weep. You will conceal. She will be concealed. He will
purify himself. I complain. He will remain. Remaining. It
will earn interest. Named. They two will want. Wanting
for oneself. We shall be put to shame. You claim. They were
miserable. Past. Walk ! She was visible. They will make
visible. They will be adorned. It revealed itself. They will
quarrel. She will contemn. He transgresses. Elect. They
bought. Forgive! May it be forgiven ^ He will cover. He
will be covered. They made fun. They prohibited. They will
prohibit. They were prohibited. I was prohibited. He amended.
They will ask for a decision. May you track.

1 Thornton, §§ 164-170, etc. 2 pf.

9. Verbs doubly and trebly weak, defective, etc.^

We granted a revelation. Let a revelation be granted. I
would. May you guard. Reverence ! The reverencing. You
will indeed see. She saw. Do you see ? We showed. I will
show. They will be shown. She was paid in full. She will be
paid in full. They came back. You will come back. You
will cause to come back. Take up your quarters. Folded.
They [Moslems] will die. She was evil. It will be evil. She
was displeased. They made evil. He lit up. He will light up.
I will indeed mislead. Fit out ! It will cover over. It was
covered over. That I may cover over. They will molest.
They despaired. Let them despair. I came. They came.
Come. Then come. He said, Come. Say, Come. She was
brought. We shall be brought. Coming. Bringing. Pay !
Let her grieve. Good ! Ill it is ! He will live. Wish long
life ! He made live. He will make live. He will be
ashamed. They will let live. Modesty. I will lodge myself.
They lodged Moses. Let him refuse. They will. He willed.
Let him will. Good is the educator. Fortune^ !

10. The Verbal Suffixes ^

We annihilated them. It will indeed seduce you. We
drowned them. You will imprison the two of them. You
disliked them. We let him enjoy. She will instigate them. It
aided it. They will be responsible for him. It diverted you.
Deliver us. Guard them. They feel a desire for it. He forged
it. We came to them. They were brought it. Hire him !
Take him ! He will put them off (postpone). Let him pay it.

1 Thornton, §§ 171-183, etc. » the times.

» Thornton, §§ 185-189.

We notified you. I see me. We ransomed him. He will
ransom himself. We cast a spell on her. It covers it. You
(women) blamed me. We strengthened him. I chose you.
Take yourselves off from me. We created them both. You
made me successor. You put him to shame. We numbered
them. We revealed her. Thee we will kill and him we will let
live. They introduced it. He anchored her. We rewarded them.
You envy us. We will put him to the proof. Beware of them.
He will bid you beware of them. He will congregate them. It
has reached me. They will be present with me. We will indeed
present them. He will ask you for it. We will lead them on by
degrees. He built it. He rewarded them. Glorify Him. You
noticed them. We sent them. He will bring you good tidings.
He will fashion you. They will anticipate us. We will necessi-
tate it to you. He will suffice you against them. We showed
you them. He will show you them. I will marry her to you.
He married her to him. Give it me. I give it you. Thee we
will beat. They beat us and them.

11. The Pronouns \

Who (are) you ? I (am) Musa. What (is) this ? It (is) a
house. Who (is) she? This (is) Hind. Where (are) they?
They (are) here. What (are) these? These (are) the Greeks.
Who (are) those? Those (are) Christians. Who (are) these
two ? Those two (are) Moses and Solomon. Who did this ? He
killed them (two). Who beat you (two) ? He beat us. What
did they (do)? They slaughtered it. This (is) Joseph who
killed Moses. Those are the Jews whom we killed. He
slaughtered the (two) whom they beat. Remember me. He
will forget us. How many an opportunity'^ has gone away !

1 Thornton, §§ 89, 185-189, 317, etc. » gen.

10

12. Declension of Nouns and Adjectives, Construct
State, Suffixes \

A dwelling. A city. Of a dwelling. Of a city. He built
a dwelling. He founded a city. This is a house. That is a
city. An open^ letter. A large house. A small city. These
are folk. The wrong-doing folk. The political horizon. This is
larger than that. The largest house. The largest city. Of a
black thread. Of the black thread. A yellow camel. A yellow
cow. Another day. Another night. A black (man). A black
(woman). A thirsty camel. A thirsty cow. This is the son of
the king. The king's large house. The dwelling of the great
king. Another verse. Other folk. The most of them. Many
fruits. Two consecutive months. These two. gardens. The two
men. The first^ of them. The other ^ of them. One of them.
His hand is white. My book. His house. Our city. Of their
dwelling. Which of them is best ? The going up and setting of
the sun. The house and garden of the king. He is dumb, deaf,
blind. A blind woman. The best of the affairs is the mean of
them. The head of the wisdom is the fear of God. The King
and Queen of England. (The) science ornaments the kings more
than (what) it ornaments the subjects. The very hot water (the
water the violent of the hotness). The present state of things.

13. The Broken Plurals, Numerals, Particles^

A large book. Large books. Many days. Reckoned days.
Other days. In this city is much folk. Different colours.
Their works are sound. We journeyed thirty nights. There
will be overtaken the needs. I saw four men. There disagree
the learned. They sought his traces. The sound sheikhs. The

1 Thornton, §§ 234, 308-317, 475-493. 2 opened. ^ fern.

* Thornton, §§ 304-307, 318-328, 354-368, 496-506.

11

good quality of the eatables. This is better for you. To it are
advantages. Our houses. His verses. Aims. Weights. The
present interests. Old tombs. Mighty sultans. Apostles.
Four weeks. Three years. Ten bushels. Great treasures. In
that land are many tanks. White swords. Many telegrams.
There fought the Syrians the Turks. These are strange tales.
In the library are journals and magazines. The legal sciences.
This is a French steamship. The farmers. Articles. His horses.
He was of the Sufis. In the book are figures. His features are
refined. Twelve women. Two and two (are) four. Men are
three, the intelligent, the stupid, and the wicked. These are the
king's yachts. Wisps of dreams.

14. The Tenses^

He beats. He is beating. He used to beat. He beat. He
has beaten. He had beaten. He will have beaten. Seek one
who will dine with us. They sought, then did not find. Thy
brother is he wlio speaks thee true. At the being tested the
man will be honoured or despised. He erred whom the blind
were guiding. How should (the) history be taught ? By Allah,
I never stole anything in my life-. They did not cease talking to
him with the roughest of the talk. Al-Hasan was not seeing
good the fighting, but was wishing that he should take to
himself what he was able from Muawiya. (Let there not (indeed)
seduce thee the ascent, even if it were plain when the descent
was rugged. *) I ask you that you forgive him. They used to
dislike that there should be in the khalifs and kings acuteness
and knowledge of (the) affairs. When the month of Ramadan
came in^ there were placed before '^ him (the) books of history
and biographies and the scribe* and the recorder would read

1 Thornton, §§ 401-409.

2 I did not steal my lifetime a thing. ^ hjg goui. 4 entered.
5 presented to. « writer.

12

before him^ the states of the world. I do not know which (of
the two) is the more wonderful. In this month the Nile will
have started the decrease. May God have mercy upon him.

15. The MoodsI

I will kill both of them, or else die instead of them. Do
good if you wish that good should be done unto you. The worst
of men is he who does not care that men see him. Do not
prohibit from a character and come^ to the like of it. He who
does not honour^ himself (his soul) will not be honoured'*. Look
how his subjects assembled against him from every side. I will
come to you to-morrow. In that case I will honour you. The
slave will not be loving (to) his Creator until he lavish his soul
in His satisfaction. Do not say in other than considering, and
do not work by other than management. Am I able after that
that I should imagine that you are an honourable man ? The
most of men feel a desire that they should be rich, and seek the
much money. If anyone makes the kindness in other than his
own people, his praise upon him shall be* blame and he shall feel
remorse''. I will not (it will not be that I shall) leave Egypt.
One of the wise looked at (unto) a fool sitting upon a stone : then
he said, Stone upon stone. He fainted and almost died, then he
recovered.

16. The Accusative".

They (two) fell slain. I tarried by his side an hour. There
is no first to His existence and no last to his everlastingness ;
and there is not any motion and quiescence except and to Him
in that is wisdom. Know that the Creator — exalted be He —
there is not to Him a figure. This world is like the salt water :
in proportion as the companion of it increases in drinking he

1 between his hands. - Thornton, §§ 411-420. ^ subjunctive.

* apoc. » Thornton, §§ 421-444.

13

increases in thirsting ; and like the lightning which lights up for
a little and goes away speedily and the hoper of it remains in the
darkness staying. He had attained in seclusion from this world
a mighty attainment. He staid in that state ^ (some) days. 0
you there, do you boast yourself in an affair you will leave (alone)
to-morrow ? There is no apostle like the dirhem. There is no
money more copious than (the) intellect, and there is no poverty
mightier than (the) ignorance. I wonder (with) all of the wonder
at what he has done. This study shall be optional. If the breast
of the man be too narrow for his own secret ^ then the breast
of him with whom the secret is deposited (is) narrower. The
English have taken in hand every administration in this country
except the administration of the Azhar and that of the endow-
ments, for they (two) continue native. I will dispose of Muawiya
for you'. Verily I and they are like one going down to (a goer
down of) a watering place. You have no father.

17. Prepositions and Similar Words*.

It does not require proof. And is the flesh capable of the
like of this? Preserve carefully (upon) the friend, even if (he
were) in Hell. Many a weariness leads to rest. Perhaps was
the silence an answer. The most difficult of what is (incumbent)
upon man is the knowledge of himself. The putting of the doing
good in other than its place is wronging. The sound opinion is
more protecting than the violent hero. Every science which is
not in (the) paper is lost^; every secret which passes on (beyond)
the two (people) spreads*. There was to me a friend whom I
loved for his excellence and his education more than (what) I
loved him for his soundness and religion. After the storm.
Approach one of them and speak to him. Would you Hke (to
possess the) riches and nobility? Upon thee (be) the curse of

1 upon that. ^ narrowed from the secret of himself. ^ suffice

you against M. * Thornton, §§ 446-470, 482. » upon. « pf.

14

God. Ill is the man thou (art). This (comes) of your opinion.
What you will, then it is yours. Every act which brings near
the owner of it to^ God, then it is piety. Thy preserving of
thy secret is more necessary than the preserving it of other
than thee. Many a word plunders affluence. Do not think
humble the sound opinion from the humble man, for the pearl
is not to be despised for the slightness of its diver. Then he
said, Verily no one will (one will not) be present at a time like
this (on the like of this day). The book is being sold for thirty
piastres standard.

18. Nominal Sentences^

Verily God — exalted be He — is one. He is the first and the
last, the outward and the inward. The wonder is not from my
love for Thee, and I am a poor slave ; but the wonder is from
Thy love for me, and Thou art a powerful king. Verily the
prayer is the tent-pole of the religion. The bane of the science
is the forgetting ; the bane of manhood is the breaking of the
promise. Verily, the fleet horse sometimes stumbles. Verily a
better than the good is the doer of it. Verily thou wilt not
gather from the thistles the grapes. The first of anger is
madness, and the end of it is remorse. The wisdom is the erring
(she-camel) of the believer. The medicine of the times is the
patience upon them. Evil, its little is much. In the hurry is the
repenting, and in the acting slowly is the salvation. Every
prevented (thing is) being followed. Muchness of laughter
makes to go away veneration. The promise of the generous is a
debt. One day to the learned is better than the life all of it to
the ignorant. The advice, in it is a blessing. Verily the man
excels the woman in the strength of the body, but she excels him
in the strength of the endurance. Know that to the works is a
reward. The remonstrance is the soap of the hearts.

1 from. 2 Thornton. §§ 512-533.

15

19. Conditional and Hypothetical Sentences^

When you want that you should be obeyed, then ask what is
able to be done. If there be not agreeing (with), then parting.
He who loves a thing makes much from the mention of it. Sleep
safe, you will be in the smoothest of beds. He who is pleased
with his own opinion errs. He who does not ride the terrors,
does not acquire the objects of desire. If you exaggerate in
counsel, it will rush with you upon shame. If there become
your guest a disliked (one), then entertain him with patience.
When you return from a journey, then present to your people
even if (it were) a stone. If you do not wink upon the mote
you will never be satisfied. Make less thy food, thou wilt praise
thy sleep. He who seeks a thing and exerts himself, finds. He
who approves an ugly (thing), then he has already worked it.
AVhat would you do if you owned a million dollars ? Stretch out
your hand and I will swear^ allegiance to you. He who acts
slowly gets what he feels a desire for. If you are in need of one
to send, send a wise (man) and do not give him any charge ^
He who conceals his secret attains his wished. If you see me in
some of my messages vie in excellence between party and party
and balance between policy and policy, then know that I write
what I write in the name of (the) virtue, not in the name of (the)
policy. If it were decreed to each one of us that he should work
(at) what he wills the course "* and progress of the world would
come to a standstill. We had not sat this sitting had we
resolved to' disobey you. Obey him who is above you, (and) he
who is below you will obey you.

» Thornton, §§ 587-590. ^ apoc. ^ charge him.

* travelling. * and in our resolution that we should.

16

20. Miscellaneous Sentences.

1. Two will not be satiated, a seeker of science and a seeker
of money, 2. The outward of the remonstrance is better than
the inward of the rancour. 3. The heart of the stupid is in his
mouth and the tongue of the intelligent is in his heart. 4. It
is not of the custom of the generous, the putting off of the
showing favour. 5. Verily the wise man when he wishes an
affair consults in regard to it the men, even if he were knowing,
well informed. 6. Between the drowning in (the) praise and
the drowning in (the) blame, (the) reality dies a death, there is
no life to it from after it. 7. It was said to Al-Hajjaj, What is
patience 1 He said the repressing of (the) rage and the endurance
of what is not wished. 8. When the kings object to (the)
justice, the subjects object to (the) obedience. 9. The stumble
of the foot is better than the stumble of the tongue. 10. Verily
(the war) will rub you with the rubbing of the handmill on its
apron. 11. Whatever of disposition is with (before) a man,
even if he fancied it to be concealed from (upon) men, will be
known. 12. We have filled the land until it is too narrow for
us (has narrowed from us), and the back of the sea, we will fill it
with ships : to us belongs this world and those who are (in the
forenoon) upon it. 13. And I know that he who survives
longest (the living remaining) of men is unto a term of which the
furthest reach is near. 14. When we parted it was as if I and
Malik, for (all) the length of union, had not passed a night ^
together. 15. Verily the Fates, their arrows do not go wide.

16. The soul is desiring eagerly when thou makest it to desire
eagerly, and when it is turned back to a little (few) it is content.

1 7. The souls of the creatures long for (the month of) May, and
the longing is only for (unto) its rose. 18. I sometimes go
out in the morning when (and) the birds are in their nests.

1 ace.

I

17

19. If this world were to be sold I would buy him with it. 20.
I passed the night watching Orion until there gradually draws
near [to the west] from its first [stars] a sloping. 21. This
book, if it be looked at with the eye of equity, will be seen (to
be) more useful than the Hamasa. 22. The king when he
is empty of (the) science is like the excited elephant, it does
not pass a thing except it stamp on it. 23. Al-Mamun was
clement, beautiful of (the) relenting, known for (by) that. 24.
So when there reached him this saying, he did not exceed upon
that he said. May God curse (fight) him, how violent is his
invective. 25. And were it not for the fearing of prolixity
(the making long), I would indeed mention a company from the
clement ones of the kings in this place. 26. Al-Mustansir was
more generous than the wind, but where is his bounty from
(compared with) that of Kan? 27. To sin along with (the)
advice is more sound than the correct along with the being single
and the being despotic. 28. It is not for the king that he
should be rancorous, and it is not for him that he should take
oath when he tells news. 29. And of the items the want of
which is desirable in the king are the being annoyed and the
loathing and the boredom, for that is the most harming of the
affairs, and the most corrupting to his state. 30. Zuhair said :
I loathe the troubles (ceremonies) of life, and he who has gained
a livelihood for eighty rounds (you have no father !) loathes ;
and Kaab the son of Zuhair said : Every son of womankind,
even if long were his weal, some day upon a hump-backed
instrument (i.e. a bier) is to be borne. 31. The resemblance
of those who boast themselves in what is transient is as the
resemblance of those who boast themselves in what they see in
the sleeping. 32. A man said to Abu'l-Darda : What ails us^
we dislike death ? Then he said. Because you have ruined your
next world and cultivated your this world. So you dislike that you
should transport yourselves from the cultivation to the ruin. 33.
Ali ibn abi Talib, when he entered a cemetery ^ used to say, The

^ is to us. ^ the tomb.

18

peace upon you, 0 people of the desolate dwellings ! 34. The
resemblance of the mean rich is like the resemblance of the mules
and the donkeys (which) carry the gold and the silver and feed
on the chopped straw and the barley. He whose interior is whole,
his exterior is sound. 35. And as for the virtue of the books,
then they have said that the book, it is the intimate who is not
hjrpocritical and is not bored and does not remonstrate with you
when you are rude to him and does not disclose your secret.
36. They say that the jugglers, when they wish that they should
bewitch the eyes of men, place in the roof of a room a piece of
(the) loadstone and on its floor ^ another piece ; thereafter they
leave (alone) in the open a piece of (the) iron, which does not
cease preponderating alternately between these (two) attracting
(forces). 37. Four things are a fatal poison and four things
are their antidote : this world is a fatal poison and (the) abstinence
in regard to it is its antidote, and money is a fatal poison and
charity is its antidote, and speech is a fatal poison and the
mention of God is its antidote, and the property of this world is
a fatal poison and justice is its antidote. 38. It was said to a
madman : Reckon for us the madmen ; he said : This will be long
with me, but I will reckon the intelligent. 39. It was said to
Lokman : How ugly is your face ! he said : Do you lay the defect
of this painting upon me, or upon the painter ? 40. A man
said to Euclid the sage : I will not rest until I cause you to
perish ^ ; he said : and I will not rest until I make to go out the
rancour from your heart. 41. Al-Muhallab said to his sons, 0
my sons, when you stop in the markets, then do not stop except
by (upon) him who sells (the) arms or sells (the) books. 42.
Muawiya said. How ugly in the king is that he should exaggerate
in the acquisition (making to result) of any science (a science of
the sciences). 43. Some people think (Of them are those, who
were seeing good) that (the) rancour is a praiseworthy item in
the king. 44. Buzurjumihr said, It is desirable that the king
should be more rancorous than a camel ; and I — I differ in regard
1 earth. "oil efface (subj.) your spirit.

19

to this saying. 45. It behoves that the king should be like
the earth in the concealing of his secret, and like the fire upon
the people of corruption, and like the water in his softness to
those who deal softly with him. 46. And it behoves that he
be quicker of hearing than a mare, and more keensighted than
an eagle, and better guided than a kata, and more wary (more
violent in being ware) than a crow, and more venturesome
(mightier in venturesomeness) than the lion, and stronger and
swifter than the panther. 47. Saladin Yusuf ibn Aiyub
(Joseph son of Job) master of Egypt and Syria was very
indulgent, which was his chief characteristic (much of indulgence,
described by it). 48. Omar son of Al-Khattab said to a man,
Verily I do not love you. He said. Then you make defective
from my due somewhat (a thing). Omar said, No. The man
said, Then there will not rejoice in love after this except the
women. 49. One of the wise of the Persians said, The cares of
the people (men) are small, and the cares of the kings are great.
50. Sovereignty is a bride whose dowries are the souls. 51.
Muawiya looked at the army of the commander of the faithful,
Ali (upon him be peace), at Siffin : then he turned to Amr son of
Al-As and said, He who seeks a mighty (thing) stakes (with) a
mighty. 52. Of the advantages of acting slowly and deliberately
is the security from remorse (at the time) when remorse does not
avail. 53. There does not behove (to) the perfect man except
that he should be in the furthest goal from the seeking of the
sovereignty or in the furthest goal from the leaving it alone.
54. And similarly it does not behove (to) him that his boast
should be in the fathers and the grandfathers, and only it behoves
that his boast should be in the virtues which he (has) made to
result. 55. The Persians say, The corruption of the kingdom
and the becoming bold of the subjects and the ruin of the
country is in the rendering vain of the promise and the threat.
56. One of the wise said, A sultan whose subjects fear him is
better than a sultan who fears his subjects. 57. And here is the
place for (of) a story, there is no harm in setting it down (making

20

it to go down) : — Harun al-Rashid entered upon one of the
ascetics, then he saluted him : then he said, And upon thee be
the peace : 0 king, dost thou love God ? He said, Yes. He said.
Then dost thou disobey Him ? He said, Yes. He said, Thou
liest, by Allah, in regard to thy loving Him ; verily thou, if thou
lovedst Him, wouldest not disobey Him. 58. And of the
items which it is desirable that they should be in the king is
(the) liberality, and it is the root in making to incline to him the
hearts, and obtaining good advice (making to result the counsels)
from the world and taking into service the nobles. 59. Verily
death in the seeking of glory is better than life along with
abasement. 60. Ibn Muljam (God curse him) was arrested
and imprisoned until it should be looked what should be of the
affair of Ali (God be satisfied with (from) him). 61. One of
the rich boasted himself to one of the wise in his fathers and
grandfathers and in the tinsels of the corruptible money. Then
said to him that wise one. If in these things were a boast, then
it behoves that the boast should be to them not to you ; and if
your fathers were, as you mention, nobles, then the boast is to
them not to you. 62. Do not indeed think small the affair of
your enemy when you war with him, because you, if you are
victorious over him, will not be praised \ and if he be victorious
over you, you will not be excused^ 63. How beautiful is the
saying of Abu Nuwas to Harun al-Rashid : I had feared you :
thereafter there made me safe from that I should fear you, your
fearing God. 64. And Harun al-Rashid was not fearing God
but Abu Nuwas ran (flowed) in his saying upon the custom of the
poets. 65. Preachers (the calling ones) are the most needy of
men unto firm resolutions and hearts patient upon the endurance
of calamities and trials. 66. Many (much from) men will say.
What does his call avail the caller in a nation which does not
make good about him a thinking, and does not hear to him a
saying ? 67. This is what Satan whispers with to the incapable
and the ignorant, and verily ignorance is a thick covering which

1 apoc.

21

covers the intellect and knowledge (science). 68. The ig-
norant are sick and the learned are physicians. 69. (It is)
absurd (to suppose) that there should pull down the building of
the false, one individual in one age. 70. He who knows not
truth and false stamps with the stamping of the blind she-
camel. 71. There is not got up an exhibition in which are
exhibited the dogs in England except and there is present at it
the King and Queen of England, or they send from their dogs to
it the most excellent of the kinds. 72. And to the English
from their King to their private persons is a perfect care in the
health of their dogs. 73. It happened that his dog Caesar
(Emperor) was sick and immediately he sent a telegram to the
physician, and described the symptoms (accidents) of the disease,
then the physician sent the explanation of the treatment by wire
(upon the tongue of the lightning). 74. The noble women of
the Franks have not left alone a way except they have taken it,
in endeavouring after (behind) the assembling of the money and
the doing of the good. 75. The duchess said, Verily I am
longing for (unto) the happy day in which the women will desist
from employing the feathers of birds as an ornament to the head,
so that these beautiful birds may be reared (trained) in order
that the world may be ornamented by them. 76. I went to
Jiddah in these days on my way to Medina the Illumined with
the object of the visitation of the grave of the Elect One (upon
him prayer and peace). 77. As soon as (the first of what) my
feet trod its soil I saw a friend who clave to me much in my
numerous journeys, and, after that he pointed me upon a place
which I might hire, I began to be interested in the study of the
states of the city and the knowledge of the characters and
customs of its people and the amount of their fortune from the
social life. 78. And the great (mighty) mass [of the people]
there look down on (think humble) him who inchnes to (the)
science and despise him and look at him as they look at a
criminal. 79. And the state of tyranny (wronging) has
arrived at a degree that he takes on every ship a third of what
it makes to result, and on the camel 10 dollars, and upon the

22

mare or horse 20 dollars, and thus upon every thing. 80. And
as for the folk themselves (their souls), then they are folk in the
extreme (end) of meekness and softness : they do not know (the)
evil and are not familiar with (the) treachery ; and were it not
for that, no one would (one would not) put himself in possession
of despotism (of that he should be despotic) to this extent (limit).
81. Then he said, This question, you will find its answer with
other than me ; and as for me, it is not for me that I should
wade in the like of this. 82. We do not anticipate (think there
will befall) a happy future for Nejd as long as its people (are)
distant from the meeting places of the sciences and the arts.
83. The question which has occupied Egypt (the Egyptian
district) from one end of it to the other (from its furthest to its
furthest) long days has come to an end. 84. And the grace of
the Khedive has (Khedivial graces have) necessitated that it
should be forgiven to all of the students against (upon) whom
there was proved (made firm) the transgression in the past
events. 85. And they assert that these three (men) had taken
in hand the beating of the students upon their feet with the
bastinado (in the stocks). 86. Verily this telegram is not from
the son of Al-Rashid, because he — there does not remain of the
family of Al-Rashid one besides a lad who has not passed (on)
the seventh (year) from his age. 87. In India and in (the)
particular in Bombay are many of (much from) the Arabs
dependents (to) the High Government (Daulah) : then of them
are those who traffic in (the) horses, of the people of Bagdad and
Al-Mausil and Al-Basrah and Al-Zubeir, and of them those who
traffic in (the) pearls, of the peoples of Oman and Al-Bahrein
(the two seas) and Katar and Nejd and Al- Kuweit ; and of them
those residing (the ones dwelling) as correspondents (for the
traffic correspondences) between Al-Irak and Egypt and the
Hijaz and Europe. 88. They say that the science of the
religions and the science of the bodies are (two) brothers.
Then if the body and apparel of the man be clean his worship ^ is
correct and his health is good and his intercourse is pleasant

1 inf.

23

(nice). 89. Is the man able that he should be a politician
except when he knows that between his (two) sides is a heart
petrified, there does not agitate it the being distressed of the
distressed, nor disquiet it the adversities of those smitten mth
adversity ? 90. They say that politics is not a science from
the sciences which the man learns in school or studies in a book,
and it is only a miscellany of thoughts, of which the code is (the)
experiments and its basis (the) practice. 91. Every man
complains and says that he is engaged upon work other than
corresponding to his nature and his inclinations, and that he, if
they let him choose, would arrange his life with an arranging
which would disagree from its present state of things. 92.
Verily the most of men work useful works by reason of their
being forced into the work with the being forced [into the death]
of one desiring eagerly (the) life. 93. And, alas^ you ^vill not
find one from them who has assisted upon interests in which are
benefits to them and to the Moslems, in the construction of a
mosque or a school or the assisting of a railway. 94. This
paper (leaf) is an Arabic, patriotic, daily, political, commercial
(traffic), critical, humorous newspaper, and its name is 'The
Sun of the Truth (Reality).' 95. There have appeared (come
up) from this newspaper until (the) now three numbers, which
the newspapers have eulogised in few words and lines reckoned
upon the fingers of the one hand, as if it were a weekly
newspaper of no consequence (no importance to it) which had
appeared (come up) in one of the villages of the country districts.
96. And I do not purpose the making to overflow in the
eulogising it because the newspaper of the *Sun of the Truth
(Reality) ' is more excellent than the rest of the papers (pages),
nor because it is more chaste in language or (and) more full of
news (more of narratives) : not this and not that ; for it is a
small paper (page), its bulk does not exceed upon the bulk of
one page from one of the numbers of the ' Muaiyad.' Verily the
reason (respect) of my being interested in it is other than this :
^ for the grief.

24

It is the first newspaper which has appeared in Mecca the
Honoured, in the city of the Koran, in the mother of the villages.
97. He who circumambulates the land of Al-Irak, of the
engineers of the irrigation, is not slow to (does not tarry that he
should) perceive (feel) the mighty difference between the delta of
the Nile and the delta of the two rivers (of the) Tigris and the
Euphrates. 98. For the increase of the Nile appears in August
and goes on until (unto) the month of October, and in the
course of this space the waters, mingled with the silt, cover the
land of Egypt. Thereafter they subside from it and return to
the bed (flow) of the river in November. And at that time they
scatter the land with the winter sowing (agriculture), as the wheat
and the barley and the beans and the clover. As to in the country
of what is between the two rivers, then verily the increase makes
a beginning in (the) Tigris and the Euphrates from the month of
March and continues (abides) until (unto) the month of May.
Thereafter comes a season in which the heat (of summer)
becomes violent, and in which the rains are imprisoned, and that
continues (abides) in June and July and August; and in this
time the seed will be in need of (unto) the water. 99. Do not
wonder if I say that (the) sagacity is other than the intellect, for
(then) the thieves and the liars and the hypocrites are sagacious,
and there is not among them one intelligent (person), for they
make themselves (their souls) to go down the wateringplaces of
ruin and perdition. 100. The snow has been (is) alighting
in England since six days and its average thickness (the average
of its thickness) is six inches, and news is to hand (there go
down the narratives) concerning the violent storms and the
heaping up of the snows from all of the directions of Europe.
101. Our sufficiency is God and good is the Agent.

25

PAET II

EASIER PROSES

1. Culprit and Sultan.

A culprit* entered one day upon a sultan. Then he said to
him, With what face do you meet me ? Then he said, With the
face with which I shall meet God, and my crimes towards Him
are mightier, and His punishment greater. So he forgave him.

MUSTA' SIML

2. In regard to Wine.

A man left alone the fermented drink. Then it was said to
him. Why have you left it alone, and it is the apostle of gladness
unto the heart ? He said. But it is an ill apostle : it is sent to
the belly and it goes to the head.

SHARISHI.

3. The Educating of the Old Man.

A man looked at a philosopher educating an old man, then
said to him. What are you performing ? He said. Washing an
Abyssinian, perchance he may become white.

MUSTA'SIMI.

4. Alexander and his Namesake.

Alexander saw a namesake of his not ceasing being routed in
the wars. Then he said to him : 0 you there ^ either change'
your action or change your name.

MUSTA* SIMI.

^ owner of a fault. ' 0 this. ^ either that you change.

26

5. The King and his Slave.

A king sent to a slave of his : What ails you^ you do not

serve me, and you are my slave ? Then he answered him : If

you reflected, you would know that you are the slave of my slave,

because you follow passion : so you are its slave ; and I rule^ it,

80 it is my slave.

MUSTA' SIMI.

6. The Sage and the Flame.

A sage asked a lad with whom was a torch : From where comes
the fire after that it is extinguished. Then he said : If you will
inform me to where it goes I will inform you from where it
comes.

Lata! if al- Wuzara,

7. Hunter and Bird.

A hunter was hunting the (little) birds on a cold day. Then
he was slaughtering them, and the tears were pouring. Then said
a (little) bird to his companion : No harm upon you from the man ;
do you not see him weeping ? Then said to him the other : Do
not look at his tears, but at what his hands perform.

SHARlSHI.

8. The Deposed Wall

Al-Jahiz says : I entered upon Mohammad son of Isaac,
commander of Bagdad in the days of his waliship and he (was)
sitting in the divan and the people^ (were a) standing to receive
orders before him"* as if over their heads (were) the birds'.
Thereafter I entered in to him after a space, and he (had been)
deposed, and he was sitting and around him the books and
notebooks and inkhoms and rulers. Then I did not see him
more venerable than he (was) in that state.

Al'Fakhri.
^ What is to you. ^ own. ^ men.

* between his hands. ^ i.e. with gravity and expectancy.

27

9. Khalif and Viceroy.

Marwan, the last of the kings of the Beni^ Umaiyah, wrote
to^ a viceroy of his who had presented to^ him a black lad, then
said : If you had known a number less than one and a colour
worse than the black, you would indeed have presented it ; and
farewell.

Lata if al-Wuzara.

10. The two Comforters.

Wasif the Turk wali of Syria — there hit him a calamity, so
there rode to him Mohammad al-Zaiyat. Then he comforted
him with narratives and proverbs. Next Mohammad was struck
by a calamity, then there rode to him Wasif, then said to him :
0 Abu^ Jaafar, I am a man, an alien : I do not know what I
shall say to you, but look what you comforted me with that day
and comfort with it yourself now. Then the people thought fine
his speech.

Lata! if al- Wuzara.

11. Al-Rashed and Humaid.

Al-Rashid was angry with* Humaid of Tus, then he ordered
for him the leather-carpet^ and the sword. Then he wept.
Then he said to him, What makes you weep ? Then he said. By
Allah, 0 Commander of the Believers I am not nervous about*
death, for, as for it, there is no escape from it, and I only wept
out of grief at* my going out from the world, whilst' the
Commander of the Believers is displeased with* me. So he
laughed and forgave him.

IBSHAIHI.

1 sons of. 2 unto. * father of. < upon. » called

for him with the leather-carpet (on which to behead him). ^ from.

' and.

38

12. Mohammad al-Zaiyat.

It is said that Mohammad the Oilseller worked an oven of
iron and placed nails in the inside of it in order that he might
punish whomsoever he wanted to punish. Then he was the first
who was put into it, and it was said to him : Taste what you
desired that you should make people taste.

AlrFakhri.

13. Jaafar and his Lad.

It is related concerning Jaafar the Truthful that a lad of his
stood (still) to pour the water upon his hands. Then the jug fell
from the hand of the lad into the basin. Then the drops flew
into his fe,ce. Then Jaafar looked at him with the look of one
made angry. Then he said, 0 my patron, God commands (with)
the repressing of rage. He said, I have forgiven (from) you.
He said, And God loves those who do good. He said. Go, for
you are free for the sake of God — exalted be He.

IBSHAIHI.

14. The Khalif becomes Watchman.

Abd al-Rahman the son of Auf said : Omar the son of
Al-Khattab called me one night and said : There has alighted at
the gate of the City a caravan, and I fear for them when they
sleep that (some) thing should be stolen from their belongings.
So I passed (away) along with him. Then when we arrived he
said to me : Sleep you. Then verily he began keeping watch
over the caravan the whole night \ _

GHAZALI.

1 the length of his night.

29

15. Strange Justice.

A woman came to a kadi, then said : My husband died and
left (alone) his parents and children and a wife^ and people, and
to him (was) money. Then he said : To his parents the
bereavement, and to his children the orphanhood, and to his wife
the change (of husband), and to his people the fewness (of benefits)
and the abasement. And the money will be carried to us, so
that * there do not fall in regard to it between you the litigation.

THA'ALABI.

16. KiSRA Anushirwan and the Teacher.

It is narrated that Kisra Anushirwan — there was to him a
teacher, fair of the educating, teaching^ him until he was proficient
in the sciences. Then the teacher beat him on a day for other
than a fault, so Anushirwan harboured rancour against him.
Then when he succeeded to the reign he said to the teacher,
What instigated you upon beating me"* such and such a day'?
Then he said to him, "When I saw you eagerly desirous' in the
science, I hoped for the reign for you after your father. So I
wished^ that I should make you taste the flavour of wronging in
order that you may not >vrong. Then said Anushirwan, Bravo,
Bravo ! and he elevated his value.

IBSHAIHI.

17. Omar and the Thunder.

Omar the son of Abd al-Aziz was stopping along with Solomon
the son of Abd al- Malik the days of his caliphate, then he heard
a voice of thunder. Then Solomon was nervous about^ it and
placed his breast upon the forepart of his saddle. Then said to
him Omar : This is the voice of His mercy : then how (will be)
the voice of His punishment ?

1 woman. '-' until. * impf. * my beating. ' day of

BO and 80. * loved. ' from.

30

18. The Invited to the Feast and the Beggar.

A man invited another into his alighting place and said : Let
us eat with you bread and salt. Then the man thought that
that was a metonymy for^ gentle pleasant food which the master
of the alighting place had prepared, so he went with*^ him, and
he offered him nothing beyond ^ tlie bread and salt. Then whilst
they were eating, lo, there stopped at the door a beggar. Then
the master of the alighting place drove him off often, then he was
not chid away. So he said to him : Go away, and if not I will
come out* to you and break* your head. Then said the invited :
0 you there, leave ! for you, if you knew of the veracity of his
threat what I know of the veracity of his promise, you would not
oppose yourself to him. _

BAHA AL-DIN.

19. Yazid and the Bedawi Woman.

Yazid the son of Al-Muhallab was at his going out from the
prison of Omar the son of Abd al-Aziz journeying in the wilds
with his son Mua^viya. Then he passed a Bedawi woman.
Then she slaughtered for them a she-goat. Then when they two
had eaten, Yazid said to his son. What will be with you of the
expense ? He said : A hundred deniers. He said, Give her
them. This is a poor (person) : the httle will satisfy her, and
she does not know you. He said : If the little were satisfying
her, then I — there does not satisfy me save the much; and if
she were not knowing me, then I — I know myself

IBN QUTAIBA.

* from. « passed away along with. =* did not exceed upon.

*pf.

31

20. The Lad and his Uncle.

A lad of Hashim — his uncle wished that he should reward
him for some foolishness he had done\ Then he said : 0 Uncle,
verily I have done evil, and there is not to me an intellect ; so
do not you do evil, with an intellect like yours ^.

THA'ALABI.

21. The Short Flagellator.

It is related that a man of Medina was brought drunk to
one of the walls. So he ordered the constituting of the legal
punishment upon him. And the man was tall, and the flagellator
was short, and could not reach up to beat him^. Then said the
flagellator, Shorten yourself, so that the beating may get you.
Then he said to him : Woe be to you, is it to the eating of
sweatmeat you are inviting me ? I would that I were taller than
Og the son of Anak, and you shorter than Gog and Magog.

NAWAJI.

22. The Astronomer and the Well.

One of the companions of Alexander said that an astronomer
invited them one night that he might show them the stars and
make them know their particularities and the conditions of their
travelling. Then he made them enter into a plantation, and
began walking with them and pointing with his hand to them
until he tumbled into a well there. Then he said : Whoever is
devoted to the science of what is above him is tried by what is
beneath him.

BAHA AL-DIN.

* a folly from him. ^ and to you is your intellect.

^ did not put himself in possession of his beating.

32

23. Forgiveness.

Blood ' fell between two tribes of Koreish. Then came in Abu
Sufyan, then there did not remain one lowering'^ his head except
he elevated it. Then he said, 0 congregation of Koreish, would
you like what is right or^ what is more excellent than the
right ? They said, And is there a thing more excellent than the
right ? Then he said : Yes, the forgiveness. Then the folk lost
no time, then made peace with one another.

SHARISHI.

24. Omar and the Lad.

It is said that Omar the son of Abd al-Aziz was looking by
night into the matters concerning his"* subjects by^ the light of a
lamp*. Then came to him a lad of his, then told him news about
some business^ which was connected with liis own^ house. Then
Omar said to him. Extinguish the lamp^, afterwards tell me the
news, for this oil is from the treasury^ of the Muslims, and it is
not permitted to use it save in the business of the Muslims.

GHAZALI.

25. The Forgiveness of Abd al-Malik.

The Khalif Abd al-Mahk fell into a rage against Raja the son
of Hayah, then said : By Allah, indeed if God puts me in
possession of him, I will verily indeed do with him so and so.
Then when he came before him^^ Raja the son of Hayah said to
him : 0 Commander of the Believers, God hath performed what
you wished", so perform what God wishes". So he forgave him,
and ordered for him a gratuity.

IBSHAIHI.

* pi. ^ placing. 3 ig there to you in the right or in.

* the tales of the. ' in. « torch. ^ Jq ti^e meaning of a cause.

• that is, Omar's. » house of the money. i° between his hands.
" loved.

33

26. The Slavegirl and the Dish.

There came a slavegirl belonging to Jaafar with a dish of
panada to proffer it to him, and with him were folk. Then she
hastened with it : then it tumbled from her hand : then it broke :
then there hit him and his companions some of what was in it ;
then the slavegirl was frightened at that : then he said to her :
You are free for the sake of God — exalted be He. Perchance it
(is the case) that it will be a compensation for the fright which
hit you.

TURTUSHI.

27. The Dog and the Drum.

It is related that a dog — there was of its custom when it
heard the voice of a drum in a place it would go to it thinking
that in it is a wedding or a feast. Then worked the people a
trick upon that dog, and they agreed together that they should
beat the drum in two villages ; as often as the dog came to the
beating-place of the drum, it would be silenced and beaten in the
other village. So they did that. Then began the dog running
between the two villages : as often as it came to a village of them,
they silenced the drum and it was beaten in the other village.
And it did not cease like that until the dog died, hungry, thirsty.

SUYIJTL

28. The Fox and the Cock.

It is related that the fox passed in the early morning by a
tree. Then he saw above it a cock. So he said to him : Will
you not alight that we may say prayers in common ? Then he
said : Verily the imdm is sleeping behind the tree, so awake him.
Then the fox looked, then he saw the dog and he turned fleeing.
Then called to him the cock. Do you not come that we may say
prayers ? Then he said : My ablution has been invalidated, so
have patience until I renew to me an ablution and return.

SUYIJTI.

34

29. Yahya the son of Khalid and the Signet-Ring.

It was said to Yahya the son of Khalid the son of Barmak :
0 (the) Wazeer, inform us of the best of what you saw in the
days of your felicity. Then he said : I embarked one day (upon
one of the days) on a ship intending to picnic \ And there was
upon my finger a ring. Then its stone flew from my hand, and
it was a red hyacinth, its value a thousand mithkals of the gold.
Then 1 drew an ill omen from that. Thereafter I returned to
my lodging^, and, lo, the cook had come with that very stone'
and said : 0 (the) Wazeer, I met this stone in the belly of a fish ;
and that was because I bought fish for the kitchen, then split their
belly. Then I saw this stone. Then I said : This is not fit^
except for the Wazeer — ^may God — exalted be He — make him
great'. Said Yahya : Then I said. The praise be to God, this is
the attaining of the goal.

ITLlDL

30. Keeping' of the tongue.

It has reached us that two men met together. Then said one
of them to his companion : How many have you found in the
son of Adam of the defects ? He said : They are more than that
they should be presented ; and I have found a thing ^, if the man
use it, it will veil the defects, all of them. He said : What is it ?
He said : Keeping" of the tongue.

IBSHAIHI.

31. Blind Man and Cripple.

Verily a blind (man) and a cripple were in a village in
poverty and distress*. There was none leading the blind nor
any carrying the cripple. And there was in the village a man
who was feeding them in every day out of disinterestedness with
their nourishment from the food and the drink. Then they did
not cease (being) in welfare until the disinterested (person)

* in'. * alightingplace. ^ that stone with its eye.

* sound. ' pf. 8 preserving. ^ a^ item. « harm.

35

perished. Then they stayed after he was dead^ (some) days :
then their hunger became violent and the pangs reached from
them their utmost height. So they united their opinion upon
that the blind should carry the cripple. Then the cripple will
indicate the way by his sight, and the blind will be independent
by the carrying of the cripple, and they two will go round in the
village begging food of its people. So they did so ; then their
affair succeeded ; and if they had not done it, they would have
perished.

TURTUSHI.

32. The Man and Death.

A man once carried a bundle of fuel : then it was heavy upon
him. Then when he was tired and annoyed from carrying it, he
threw it down and imprecated death upon himselP. Then Death
presented himself to him, saying : Here I am, for what did you
summon me ? Then said to him the man : I summoned you
that you might transfer this bundle of fuel upon my shoulder.

The moral of it. — That the world in its entirety loves this
world, and is only bored from weakness and misery.

LOKMAN.

33. The Keeping of the Secret.

One of the men told as a secret to a man talk and com-
manded him to keep it secret ^ Then when the talk was
finished, he said to him : Do you understand ? He said : Nay,
I am ignorant. Thereafter he said to him : Do you remember ?*
He said : Nay, I have forgotten.

And Amr the son of Al-As said : If I divulge my secret to
my friend, (and) he then reveals it, the blame is upon me not
upon him. It was said to him : And how (is) that ? He said :
Because I should have kept it more" than he.

THA'ALABI.

^ after him. * called against his spirit with death. ^ conceal.

* Have you preserved ? 'I was more deserving of keeping it safe.

3—2

36

34. The Arab and the Moon.

It is related that an Arab lost' the way. Then he died of

vexation and made sure of perdition. Then when the moon was

gone up he was guided and found the way. Then he raised up

to it his head that he might thank it. Then he said to it : By

Allah, I know not what I shall say to you nor what I shall say

about you. Shall I say, May God exalt^ you ?— then God has

aheady exalted^ you. Or shall I say, May God illumine you ?—

then God has already illumined you. Or shall I say. May God

beautify you ?— then God has already beautified you. But there

only remains the prayer that God would grant a delay in your

(appointed) term, even if He should make me from the evil your

redemption.

SHARISHI.

35. The House-mouse and the Mouse of the Wilderness.

It is said that* the mouse of the houses saw the mouse of the
wilderness in adversity" and trial. So she said to her, What are
you doing* here ? Come^ away with me to the house, in which
are (all) sorts of delight and plenty. So she went away with her
and, lo, the owner of the house in which she was dwelling had
fitted out for her the trap — a brick beneath which was a piece of
suet So she rushed blindly in to seize the suet and there fell
upon her the brick and crushed her flat. So the desert mouse
fled, and shook her head, wondering to herself, and said : I see
much affluence and a violent proving. Verily, the welfare and
poverty are dearer to me than riches in which is death. There-
after she fled to the wilds.

IBSHAIHI.

' caused to err. ' raise up. * raised up. * verily. ^ violence.
• performing. ' Go.

37

36. Counsel and Advice.

Verily the wise man, when he wants an affair, consults in regard
to it the men, even if he were knowing, well-informed. For he
who is pleased with his own opinion errs, and he who thinks
himself rich in his own intellect slips. Al-Hasan said : Men are
three ; then a man is a man, and a man is half a man, and a man
is not a man. Then as for the man (who is) the man, he is the
possessed of the opinion and the advice. And as to the man who
is half a man, it is he who has an opinion, but does not consult.
And as to the man who is not a man, it is he who has not an
opinion and does not consult.

IBSHAIHI.

37. Al-Jahiz.

Some folk knocked at the door of^ Al-Jahiz, then went out a
boy of his. Then they asked him, What is he doing ? Then he
said, He is lying against God. It was said. How ? He said :
He looked into the mirror then said, The praise be to God who
created me and made beautiful^ my figure.

KAMAL AL-DIN AL-HALABI.

38. The Visitor' and the Sick.

A friend of Al-Hamid the son of Al- Abbas was sick. Then
he wished to send* his son to visit him. Then he charged him
and said : When you enter, then sit in the most elevated of the
place and say to the sick. What do you complain of? Then
when he says. So and so, then say : [You will soon be] free [of it],
please God!"^ And say to him, Who^ comes to you of the
physicians ? Then when he says, Such a one, then say, a blessed,
auspicious one. And say to him, What is your nutriment?
Then when he says, So and so, then say. Admirable food.

1 knocked the door upon. ^ good. ^ po. * fling. " Safe, if
God will. 8 What.

38

So the son went and entered upon the invalid, and there was

before him' a lamp-stand, so he sat upon it on account of its

elevation : then it tumbled upon the breast of the invalid, then

hurt him. Thereafter he sat (down). Then he said to the

invalid: What do you complain of? Then he said with

iraimtience : I complain of the illness of death. Then he said :

[You will soon be] free [of it], please God^ He said. Then who

comes to you of the physicians ? He said, The Angel of Death.

He said, A blessed, auspicious one. He said. Then what is your

nutriment? Then he said, The poison of death. He said^

Nice, admirable food.

KAMAL AL-DIN AL-HALABI.

39. Veracity and Falsehood.

Verily veracity is the pillar of religion, and the corner of
education and the root of manhood. Then these three are not
complete except by it. And Aristotle said : The best of speech
is that in which the sayer of it is truth-speaking, and by which
the hearer of it is benefited. Verily death along with veracity is
better than life along with falsehood. And of what comes in this
subject' is the sa3ang of Mahmud al-Warraq : Truth is a means
of deliverance to its lords, and a relationship which makes to
approach to the Lord.

IBSHAIHL

40. Solomon and the Angel of Death.

The Angel of Death entered one day in to Solomon when
there was in his assembly* a man of the children^ of Israel.
Then the Angel of Death began making long the look towards
that man. Then the man was nervous at him. Then when the
Angel of Death had gone out from being with Solomon, then said
the man, 0 prophet of God, verily I wish that you would
command the wind to carry me to the country of India. So
* between his hands. « g^fe^ jj Qq^ ^ju 3 ^oor. * sitting. s go^g

39

Solomon commanded the wind, then it carried him off* and
placed him in the land of India. Thereafter the Angel of Death
entered upon Solomon after that. Then said Solomon, 0 Angel
of Death, verily the man at whom you were making long the look
asked me that I should command the wind to carry him to the
land of India, when he saw you making long the look at him.
Then said the Angel of Death, 0 prophet of God, verily I was
making long the look at him, because God — exalted be He — had
commanded me to gather his spirit in the country of India : so
when I saw him in your assembly \ I wondered to myself at^
that. Then when I went out from being with you, then I alighted
upon the land of India, then I found the wind had carried him
to there ; so I gathered his spirit. Then Solomon wondered in
himself at^ that.

41. Letter of Omar ibn al-Khattab to Amr ibn al-As.

Verily I praise unto thee God, except whom there is no god.
To proceed : Then I have wondered at the muchness of my
letters unto thee about thy making delay in the poll-tax and
thy letter unto me concerning trifles^. And thou hast known
that I am not satisfied from thee except with the clear truth.
And I did not advance thee to Egypt to make it to thee a meal
nor to thy folk. But I directed thee for what I hoped of thy
enlarging the poll-tax, and the goodness of thy poUcy. Then
when my letter comes to thee, carry the poll-tax, for it is only
the booty* of the Muslims, and with me those whom thou
knowest are a folk reduced to straits. Farewell.

42. Answer of Amr ibn al-'As.

To proceed : Now there has come to me the letter of the

Commander of the Believers thinking me delaying in the poll-tax,

and he asserts that I am swerving from the truth and am turning

aside from the way. And verily I, by Allah, am not objecting to

^ sitting. * from. ^ th^ mtig daughters of the roads. * shade.

40

the good of what thou knowest, but the people of the land asked
me for a postponement until their crops should mature. Then I
was considerate^ to the Muslims, then the indulgence towards
them was better than that it should be dealt rashly with them,
then we should come- to what there is no dispensation' in them

firom. Farewell.

SUYUTI.

43. Al-Rashid and the Signet-Ring.

A curious thing which happened* to Harun al-Rashid was
that his brother Musa al-Hadi, when he succeeded to the
Caliphate, asked about a signet-ring mighty of worth '^ which had
belonged to his father Al-Mahdi. Then it reached him that
Al-Rashid his brother had taken it. So he sought it from him.
Then he declined to give it to him. So he insisted upon him in
regard to it. Then Al-Rashid was enraged against him, and he
passed over the bridge of Bagdad and threw it into the Tigris.
Then when Al-Hadi died and Al-Rashid succeeded to the
Caliphate he came to that very place ^ and with him a signet-
ring of lead. So he threw it into that place and commanded
the divers to seek it, so they dived for it and extracted the first
ring. Then Al-Rashid was gladdened and reckoned that of his
felicity and of the prolonging'' of his reign.

ABU'L FARAJ.

44. Saladin and the Woman who had lost her child^

Saladin was a perfect imam. There did not become wall of
Egypt after the Companions the like of him, not before him nor
after him. And he was very gentle of heart and men were safe
from his oppression on account of his justice. And of his doings^
is what Al-'Imad relates, as follows^*' : There had been to the

* looked. 2 become. ^ riches. * Of the strange of what

occurred. ' valae. « that place in its eye. ^ making to remain.

* the missed, her child (gen.). » handicrafts. i" has informed,

he said:

41

Muslims thieves who were entering by night the tents of the
Franks, then were stealing. Then it occurred that one of them
took a suckling boy three months old' from his cradle. Then
his mother pined over him with a violent pining, and made
complaint to their kings. Then they said to her : Verily the
Sultan of the Muslims is merciful of heart, so go away to him.
So she came to the Sultan Saladin, then wept and complained of
the affair of her child. Then he was sorry for her with a violent
sorrow^ and his eyes wept. So he commanded to present her
child. Then, lo, he was sold in the market. So he wrote
officially for the handing of his price to the buyer, and he did
not cease standing still until the child was brought. Then he
handed him to his mother and carried her upon a mare to her
folk with honour*.

SUYUTI.

45. Saladin and the King of England.

Then Saladin made preparations for the siege. Then there
came on a deputation to him the messenger* of the Franks and
the truce was knotted with them. And the reason of that was
that the King of the English — his being absent had been long
from his own country, and long had been the campaign. So he
wrote to Al-Malik al-Adil asking him for the entering upon the
Sultan : then the Sultan answered him (favourably) to that, and
there agreed upon it the opinion of the commanders, for what
had happened with the army of being annoyed and of the
expenses being exhausted. Then they took oath mutually upon
that, and the King of England did not take oath, but they took
his hand and made a covenant with him. And he excused
himself by (the fact) that kings do not take oath, and the Sultan
was content with that. And the truce was upon (condition) that
there should be settled in the hands of the Franks Jaffa and
Csesarea and Arsuf and Haifa and Acre with their dependencies,

' a son of three months. ^ gentleness. ' honoured. * apostle.

42

and that Ascalon should be dismantled ^ and permission was
given ^ to the Franks in regard to the visitation of Jerusalem.
And it was a famous day : there covered the men from both
sides, of joy and gladness, what God only knows. And the King
of England set out upon the sea, returning to his own town.

IBN SHAZI.

46. The Indulgence of Saladin.
He entered once into the bath following upon a long sickness
which had made him weak and worn out his strength. So he
was made to enter the bath and he was in an extreme from the
weakness. Then he sought from a mameluke, who was stopping
by (upon) his head, hot water. So he presented to him in a bowl
water violent of (the) hotness. Then when he was near to (from)
him, the hand of the mameluke shook (was troubled), so the bowl
fell upon him, then the water burned his body. Then he did not
chastise him, not even (and not) in speech. Thereafter he
sought from him an hour after that (after that by an hour) cold
water, so he presented to him in that bowl water violent of (the)
cold. Then (at the time) when he was near to him, there
occurred to him what occurred at the first time of the shaking
(being troubled) of his hand and the falling of the bowl with that
water violent of (the) cold. So he fainted and almost died.
Then when he recovered, he said to the mameluke : If you want
to kill me (If you were wishing my killing), then make me know
(it). And he did not exceed upon this word — may He be
satisfied with him.

Al-Fakhri.

47. The Death of Yazdayard.

Yazdayard came to Merv fleeing from Kirman, then he asked

its marzuban and its people for money, then they refused

(prevented) him and feared him and killed his companions ; and

Yazdayard went out fleeing upon his feet, along with him his

* a ruin. '■' it was allowed.

43

girdle and his sword and his crown, until he came to an end
at (unto) the dwelling (alightingplace) of a hewer of millstones
upon the bank of the Murghab. Then when Yazdayard was off
his guard (was negligent) the hewer of millstones killed him, and
took his belongings and cast his body in the Murghab. And
next morning (And there were in the morning) the people of
Merv, then they followed up his trace until it was concealed upon
them at the dwelling (alightingplace) of the hewer of millstones,
then they took him : then he confessed to them of (about) his
killing, and brought out (made to go out) his belongings. So
they killed the hewer of millstones and the people of his house
and took his belongings and the belongings of Yazdayard, and
fetched him out (made him to go out) from the Murghab. Then
they put (made) him in a coffin of (from) wood. Then some of
them assert that they carried him to Persepolis, then he was
buried in it on the first of the year 31.

TABARI.

48. The Finding of the Cross.
And in the two and twentieth year from the reign of
Constantino, there travelled his mother Hilani unto Jerusalem
and built in it churches for the Christians. Then Makariyus the
bishop pointed her upon the place of the Cross, then she dug it,
then, lo, a grave and three pieces of wood. They assert that
they did not know the Cross sought from the three pieces of
wood except by (the fact) that she placed every one of (from)
them upon a dead person who had become wasted away, then he
arose alive when she put upon him a piece of wood from them.
Then they made (worked) on account of that a feast, it was
known among them by 'the feast of the Cross.' And Hilani
worked for it a casing of (from) gold, and built the Church of the
Resurrection. And she appointed Makariyus over the remainder
of the Church. And the space of what was between the birth of
Christ and the appearing of the Cross was three hundred and
eight and twenty years.

MAKRIZI.

44

49. The Sword and the Pen.

Know that the sword and the pen are both (each) of them an
instniment to the master of the djniasty by which he asks for
assistance upon his affair. Except that the need for (unto) the
sword in beginning (first) of the dynasty, as long as its people
[are engaged] in the setting in order (smoothing) of their affair is
greater (more violent) than the need for the pen. Seeing that
the pen in that state is a servant only, transmitting (carrying out)
the Sultanic decision. And like that (is it) in the end of the
dynasty when (since) its solidarity is weak and its people few for
what overtakes (acquires) them of (the) decrepitude. And as
to in the midmost of the dynasty, the master of it is able to
dispense with the sword to a certain extent (some of the thing
from the sword), because he — his affair has become smooth, his
care (anxiety) does not remain except in the gathering (making
to result) of the fruits of the reign (consisting) of the tax and
the keeping order and the carrying through of the decisions.
And the pen — it is the (one) assisting him in that; then is
mighty the need to make it creak, and the swords will be laid
aside in the sleeping places of their scabbards.

IBN KHALDUN.

50. The Rarities of Buzurjumihr, the Sage^ of the
Persians.

He said : The counsellors have counselled me and the
exhorters have exhorted me with anxiousness and counsel and
educating : then no one exhorted me like my own gray hairs, nor
did there counsel me the like of my own thought. I owned
freemen and slaves, but none owned me nor overcome me save my
own passion. I sought rest for my soul and found nothing more
restful to it than its leaving alone what concerns it not. I have
ridden the seas and seen the terrors, then I saw no terror like

1 wise.

45

standing [still] by the door of an oppressive Sultan. I have
roughed it in the wilds and the mountains, yet never saw a more
savage than an evil mate'. I have eaten bitter herbs and drunk
m)nTh, then did not see ought more bitter than poverty. I have
wrought^ iron and transported rock, then saw no burden heavier
than debt. I have been detained long in^ prison, and fastened
in fetters and beaten with rods^ of iron, but nothing pulled me
down as grief and care and sorrow pulled me down. I sought
riches for their own sake' : then have not seen a richer than the
content. I have given alms with treasures, then have not seen
an alms more useful than turning back of the owner of an error
to guidance. I have seen isolation and exile and the state of
abasement, then did not see a more abasing thing than the
harsh conduct of the evil neighbour^. I have mortared up the
edifice in order to attain greatness by it and to be remembered,
then saw no honour more elevated than the performance of kind-
ness. I have worn splendid clothes, then never wore anything like
goodness'. I have sought the best of things in the opinion of
men, then have not found a thing better than beauty of
character.

TURTUSHI.

1 the mate of evil. ^ treated. ' my life has been prolonged to.

* tent-poles. * from their own respects. • the neighbour the evil

(badness). '' soundness.

PART III

EASIER NEWSPAPER EXTRACTS

1. "Between the Inkhorns and the Leaves."

The readers will see in that which I make to go dowu under
this title a sudden leaping (transporting of itself) sometimes (at
one of the times) from (one) subject to another. And the
reason in this is that I do not find these bewildering particles
upon one page or in one book, but I am, as say the English, ' a
worm of books.' I read much, then I stumble upon one (thing)
here and one there, between newspaper and magazine and book.
So I collect them under this title, as follows (like what comes) :

2. The gross Hafiz.

It was said to one of the Koran-reciters once, * Read to us the
chapter of Mary, for in the mosque is one of the Christians, and
they love to hear it.' Then the Koran-reciter became cross and
began muttering and saying : ' We will not read anything for the
pleasure of the Christians.'

3. The Bull-fight. I.

And after that a door was opened in the circle of the
playground and there came on the scene from it a bull into the
open of the arena ornamented upon its back with ribbons of
different colours. And it began going round in the circle with

47

violent haste. Theu the toreadors^ came within reach of it. Then
it made to butt one of them with its rough horns : then he
escaped from it and put himself in possession of flight. And it
was, as often as it got near them, they would frighten it by
waving at it with large pieces of red stuff, then it would butt the
air with its horns. Then it would move round and round them.
Then they would not delay that they should return to the attack
upon it. So now they would be exciting it, and now pelting it
with darts between its shoulders ; and as often as they escaped
from it there would pour itself out upon them the clapping from
every place, and the folk would cheer in approval with a cheering
almost deafening the ears.

4. The Bull-fight. II.

And lastly the bull would be scared and uncover its canine
tooth, and its eyes would grow red from rage and the volcano of
its anger would break out. Then it would not see an access to
the curing of its thirst for revenge except the poor horse on
which one of the toreadors rode I Then it would rush upon it
with violence and rip up its belly, and as for its rider, he would
find to safety a path.

Few among those present are those who are moved* by this
horrible spectacle ! And if you say to them this is a savage
custom which ought to be abolished'*, they will become scared at
you and look at you askance, and say. Nay on the contrary it
must continue*^ because it trains in the soul the habit of courage,
and teaches the man venturesomeness and horsemanship. And
how many a custom which is approved with a folk is disapproved
in the opinion of others. * And to God in regard to His creation
are businesses.'

1 wrestlers. ^ the riding upon it one, etc. ' impressed.

** its abolishing is necessary. ^ the making it remain is necessary.

48

5. The New Poetry.

Poetry — the register of the Arabs — the Ignorance and the
first Islamic ages were raising up its renown and glorifjdng the
maker of it. Afterwards its shadow shrank in the last ages. Then
there did not originate in it save individuals who imitated the
ancients and did not attain their attainment. In the bloom of
the Abbasid dynasty Irak was the mine of poetry. Then when
the misfortunes came one behind the other upon it its vestige
was erased or it slept long and only waked up from its nap in our
own age. And there have emerged in it great poets, and the
most of them in the valley of the Nile. They have broken the
bonds of imitation and have strung it in a new fashion, upon
which is the brilliance of the settled country and the virility of
the nomad life. And this renaissance is, by my life, the first-
fruits of abundant education. The time will not be long until
its fruit will be much and it will come with the wonderful which
was not in the reckoning.

6. Poetry and Prose.

Poetry is distinguished from prose by metre and it, on account
of its being set to music, is light upon the brain and the intellect
is brisk to the hearing of it, and the good spirit finds pleasure in
it. Then when its expression is good and contains a meaning
worth mention, such as attaining wisdom or chiding exhortation
or fresh description or pitiful tale and so on, the pleasure of the
intellect is doubled by it, and it keeps alive afterwards the
maker of it as long as' God wills. Then it pleases every one who
hears it or reads it in thousands of the years. And no wonder,
for it is of the beautiful handicrafts, which much of humanity'*
have not ceased glorifying of old and of late ; and it will remain
glorious as long as the intellect remains. Then the maker of it
becomes great and is reckoned of the mighty, and his name is
perpetuated in the bellies of the journals and the mouths of men»
^ to what. 2 tiie flesh.

49

7. The Essence or Poetry.

We say that poetry is distinguished from prose by metre ;
and it is that which makes it difficult. And that is natural. It
is not possible that we should obviate it. Only that to poetry
amongst us is another difficulty which is not less than the difficulty
of the metre and it is the obligatoriness of the accord in the
rhyming consonant to which the poet is forced, that he should
build the end of every verse of his ode, be it^ short or long, upon
one letter homogeneous of the vowel and of the sukan^ and
similarly the vowel and stikiln of what is before it. And this is
not in reality a part of poetry at alP. Is not the one verse
which we recite poetry in all of its meaning although we do not
recite to it a second, in which the listener may be sensible of the
accord of the rhyming consonant ? And perhaps the reciter of it
was not remembering its second : or that it was a single one in
itself, the maker of it not having articulated with other than it.
Then do you opine that that singleness lowers its poetic value ?

8. The Poetry of the Future.

Indeed let the poets know that this facilitation of Poetry
is inevitable : there is no ascape from it. Then if it be not
completed in this our day upon our tongue it will be completed
to-morrow upon the tongue of other than us from the poets of the
future. Then at that time the honour of it will have passed us
by. And, verily, I indeed opine that it is timely in this our age —
the age of progress — that we should untie the tether of imitation
and go cheerfully to the work with a freedom which will insure
to us success, so that we may bring the poetry of the future near
to the present.

* were it. ^ And this is not in the truth from the poetry in a thing,

w. 4

50

9. Blank- Verse'.

Those who are informed about the literatures of the western
languages say that of their poets are those who do not necessitate
to themselves sometimes the accord of the rhyming consonant in
their poetry. And this form of the poetry is spreading among
them with the spreading of other than it. Then if their saying
be correct, then I seek that this form of the poetry be found
amongst us also like other than it, and we shall name it the
Neglected to distinguish it from the poetry bound by the rh)rming
consonant, and I do not seek that it should render vain the old
form completely.

10. The High Dowlah^ and Germany.

They say that what instigates the Germans upon making for
the Ottoman countries is that they see the countries of the East
to be fertile of herbages, in which nature works more than man,
overflowing with the raw materials, and there is no handicraft in
them. For that, they come with what is necessary to them of the
instruments and the implements, for the manufacturing of which
there is requisite troublesome work and business connections^.
So the lords of cleverness of the Europeans find in the East two
benefits doubled. Then they return to the Ottoman countries of the
wares more than what they take from them of the raw materials,
and that is because the wares which come from England or
France are of good quality, but they are dear in price.

11. The CJomplaint of the Egyptian Wife.

My father died as you know and bequeathed to me property
of which I put my husband in possession. Then he squandered
it in wine and gaming. Then I had winked at his slips out of
pity and compassion for him until, when my hand was empty and
my pasture had become desert, I perceived from him ennui,
* See below. ^Dynasty. ^ interconnected.

51

which was inviting him to the evil of my companionship, and he
was oftentimes jeering at me and saying: Verily I do not love
the ignorant woman who does not understand me nor I her, and
at times he was hinting at me and saying : Verily the happy man
is he who is blessed with a learned wife who will read to him the
newspapers and the novels, and who will discuss with him about
the political and intellectual questions. Nay, he was passing on
from the hinting to the plain speaking. Then he would say as
often as he entered upon me, saying Uff, Uff ! grumbling : 0
that I had a wife who makes good the dancing and the singing
and the beating upon the piano !

12. The (women) Arbitrators.

A judge once elected twelve women for the hearing of one of
the lawsuits and the decision in regard to it. Then when they
had secluded themselves in the room of the conferring for the
looking into the decision, one of them offered an opinion in regard
to an affair other than the lawsuit. Then the remaining ones
wheeled round to the inquiring in regard to it and forgot what
they had been summoned unto; and the judge awaiting their
decision was forced by the becoming exhausted of patience unto
the dismissing them with (a) 'peace and to repeat the lawsuit
before arbitrators (consisting) of the men. And thus will be the
state of the woman in every affair when she leaves alone the
management of the house and the children and takes to the
management of men and countries \

13. The Hijaz Railway.

And all the works of the line indicate perfect cleverness in
the engineering and accuracy in the work and mighty patience iu
enduring the troubles in the cutting of the towering mountains
and originating the high bridges over the many valleys. And
the excellence— all the excellence — in that belongs to the Otto-
* the worshippers and the country.

4—2

52

man engineers (and they were 34 engineers) ; Yes, verily the
greatest chief engineer over them is a German, but he was not
the whole of the intellect managing the work. Nay, verily the
Ottoman engineers both^ civil and military were partners with
him in the work up to the station of Al-Ala. And they have
been by themselves^ in the work, all of it, from Al-Ala to
Medina, since none but Muslims are permitted to enter ^ the
land of the Hijaz, which makes its beginning from this point or
from Medain Salih*, a station before it^

And to the line belong 72 locomotives ^ 12 first class coaches
upholstered in the best style'', and 30 third class passenger
coaches, and along ^ the line are 32 steam instruments for
pumping^" the water from the wells.

14. The Comfort of the Passengers.

When it was the hour one and a half after the noon, the train
moved : but before it moved the brigadier Kazim Pasha passed
over the whole of the passengers who had been invited, inquiring
about" their places and their comfort, asking each man about
what it was necessary that he should be accompanied (with) in
his compartment, in order that he might unite two (persons)
acquainted with one another in their sittings, for there had been
given to every two a compartment of the compartments of the
train, in order that each side of it might be a couch for a person
to sleep on.

15. The Hijaz Train.

And the carriages which were on this train are the most
splendid of what are on the Hijaz railway, not having been ridden
in before this time, upholstered"' in fine wax-cloth with taste ^^,

^ of. 2 single. 3 for want of penniBsion of entering of other than

the Muslim. * the cities of Salih. ^ before it by a station. ^ engines.
' carriages from mistresses of the first degree carpeted with the best carpet-
ing. 8 carriages of riding. » in. lo making to go out. " reviewing.
^' carpeted. >' arrangement.

53

and gilded with the best gilding, and painted with the best
painting, and vaulted of the roof, like the carriages of the train-
de-luxe in Egypt, except that it was more in firmness and more
solid in building. And in every carriage was a place for washing
the face and hands or for the ablution, and the water was always
plentiful in it. And in the train is a long carriage in which are
chairs of straw and bamboo in its sides, to be used^ as an
apartment for sitting — 'Saloon' — and it was in two divisions,
so thaf^, if some of the passengers wanted not to be with some
others, they took to themselves one of the divisions. And in it
also is a carriage set apart* for the obtaining of food'*, and three
carriages for the necessary things of the food of kitchen and
cellar, containing'^ all that the epicure seeks in his alightingplace.
And there are servants who are looking after the service with the
best looking after ; so they make the fruits and greens and snow
of Syria last^ to Medina, and some of the fruits of Medina to
Syria.

16. From Damascus to Al-Kiswah.

We left the Hotel Victoria in which we had alighted in
Damascus (and it is the largest hotel in this city) when it was
the fifth hour Arabic, and the eleventh and a half before the noon
on the European counting. We made for the station of Al-Kadam
al-Sherif which is south of the city and is distant from the heart
of the city where we were by about 40 minutes by the travelling
of the carriages. And in front of this little station are store-
houses and repairing shops'', elevated of building, solid, sufficient
for the businesses of the line from the direction of Damascus,
because the largest storehouses have been erected^ by the side of
Edrei, as will be mentioned below".

1 for its being taken to oneself. ^ until. ^ particularized.

•♦ acquiring for oneself the food. ^ assembling. « preserve carefully

the fruits, etc. ^ magazines for the repair. ^ originated.
^ as its clearing up will come.

64

Then when it was the hour one and a half after the noon the
train moved. This train travelled cutting steppes and deserts,
and we were seeing, after it had been absent from us, a view of
Jilliq' the Extensive, after trees here and there, to the station of
Al-Kiswah at a distance of 20 kilometres from it. Rarely were
we seeing the trees and shrubs after that, except that most of
the land which we passed over to about 200 kilometres was good^
for agriculture, and that the bulk of it had been sown^ with*
wheat and chick-peas and barley and maize, and was reaped.

17. Edrei.

The engineers have divided the line into four divisions, and
have placed for it distinct maps, in which are the names of the
stations and their distances and the altitudes' of the places above
sea level ^, and others showing the places of the Arab tribes upon
the two sides ^ of the line.

Then the first division — they make it from Al-Kadam al-
Sherif to Maan where is the kilometre 460. And this division
is accepting cultivation, until it is like the land of Syria itself.
And included in® this division is the station of Edrei, which is*
the junction for the two lines from Haifa and from Damascus.
And at this junction rise the lofty buildings and storehouses
for the repair of the locomotives and carriages which some
damage has befallen ^^ and the largest magazines for the storing of
the trains and carriages upon necessity. And there are erected
at it a large refectory and hospital and shops for the sellers and
cafes. And as to this large plain there are placed in it heaps of
grain", which are weighed by the thousands of quarters : between
some of them lie the sacks full of produce, one above another like
city walls, for barriers ^^ between the neighbours — of what indicates

1 (a poetical name of Damascus, fern.). ^ sound. ^ pc. ^ ace.

" elevations. » from the surface of the water. ^ directions.

* And of the sum of. » has taken to itself. ^° hit. " mounds

of the crops. i* limits.

55

increase of security and goodness of protection between men.
And as to Edrei itself it is a town in which are about 1000
houses^ or about 5000 souls, and it is distant from the station
about half-an-hour to the foot passenger, and before long^ Edrei
the station will become a new city to which will transport
themselves the people of the ancient city, or they will become
dependent upon it^ for the necessary things of livelihood and
life.

18. Dhat al Hajj.

And as to the second division, it is from Maan to Tabuk.
And this division comprises of the famous places Dhat al Hajj at
kilometre 610. And in it is a large fortress, the duty of which
before the construction^ of the railway was to guard* the Sultanic
route at a point which was famous for the raids ^ of the (nomadic)
Arabs and particularly those who were time after time using
deceit to stop up the large spring which is there, because the Arabs
were putting themselves in possession by that anciently of the
cutting of the road upon the pilgrims through thirst, and of
spoiling and plundering them, after that their strengths were
failing, or they were perishing. So a number' of fortresses were
built on the route to guard* the springs, so that the raiders*
should not choke them with earth.

19. The Country near Maan.

And between the Castle and Maan the lands are found flat,
accepting agriculture, but what is sown of them is very little by
the side of wliat is not sown, for the scarcity^ of water or for the
want of managing the water of the rains which alights on them.

And as to after Maan to Medina, little is there found in it
land good^" for agriculture, except narrow valleys between lofty

* alightingplaces.

'^ it will not be distant that.

' followers

to it. ■* origination.

5 preserve. « treacheries.

' sura

8 traitors. ' fewness.

10 sound.

56

mountains which the scour has made (into) trenches : then there
grow upon the sides of its flow wormwood and thorn and some
trees and shrubs, the greenness of which indicates that their
places (are) fit for cultivation', if the waters of the scours were
managed in them ; and the management of them will be by
originating treasuries and tanks for them, as the people of
Lebanon do in the heights in which there are no springs.

The Bedawin have begun in some of the places getting near
with their tents to* the stations on account of their perceiving
their being benefited from them. But all that is in the first half
of the line, from the direction of Syria. As to the second half
of it towards Medina, and particularly from the station of Al-
Hadyah and what is adjacent to it southwards, then verily it is
other than accepting colonization upon the sides of the line, but
upon a distance from it the Arabs dwell in their tents, and they
are not dwelling except where are found herbage and water.

20. Al-Ala.

As to the southern division of the line, there is not in it of
the flourishing green except Al-Ala, where is the kilometre 980
from Damascus, and except Al-Akhdar where is the kilometre
760 ; and the first is more of green, and the second is more
abundant and palatable of water. So in Al-Ala are found
plantations of palm grove and fruit trees ^ of the deepest green^ or
it is the rather between the colours, because its green is shining,
inclining to the blackness.

On our return we passed over Al-Ala by night. And it was
of the goodness of the management that the passing upon the
stations was made on the return journey the opposite of what it
was" on the outward journey, until we were obtaining a sight* of

^ accepting the growing (tr.). '- from. ^ trees of the fruits.

* with the most violent of what exists, in respect of greenness (ace). * ^ijg
opposite of it. * putting ourselves in possession of a vision.

57

most of the landmarks of the line and views of the wildernesses
and mountains.

And as to the station of Al-Akhdar, its trees are few, but the
hand of man has started propagation from them, and a (long)
time will not pass away, until this district will be a mistress of
fruits and flowers.

21. Tabuk.

Tabuk is a small town, mistress of palms and vines and fruits,
at the kilometre 692. And it is the city famous for one of the
raids of the Prophet (God pray over him and salute !). And
thirst had become violent in it upon his companions (the
acceptance of God upon them !). Then was what is famous in
the Biography of the gushing of water from between his fingers
abundantly, until he quenched the thirst of them all. And one
of pious * ancestry had taken to himself at this place a mosque
which had fallen into ruin through length of time ; but his
governmentship Kazim Pasha renewed it at the command of the
excellency of the most mighty Sultan. And the well from which
the water gushed in the time of the Prophet (God pray over him
and salute !) does not cease (being) preserved, attended to,
reckoned of the greatest of the relics^ of the Apostleship^ and its
bright miracles. And it is now in the areas of the mosque upon
the right of one entering it". Between it and the door are about
four metres. We drank from it on our return from the journey
(because we on our outward journey to Medina the Ennobled
passed it by night) and we prayed in the mosque the midday
prayer. And it is a little mosque, only that it is fair to see*, the
likest thing to the cell which the late Sheikh Jemal ed Din
Efendi, kadi of Egypt, erected" formerly'' in the neighbourhood'* of
his dwelling" in Kasr ed Dubarah — only that this mosque, has a
pulpit, in which the Friday prayers are said^** and the common

* Boand. 2 traces. ^ Mission. * its enterer. ^ beautiful of

view. " originated. ' previously. * protection. » alighting

place. ^^ the Friday is prayed.

58

prayer constituted. And it is standing^ at the extremity of the
town, from what is adjacent to the station westwards ; and the
distance between it [the mosque] and it [the station] is about 25
minutes.

22. Mada'in Salih^

The third division is from Tabuk to Al-Badai', and in this
division is Al-Ala, the description of which has preceded, and
Mada'in Salih, and it is at kilometre 955. And it is the
Mada'in the eclipsing of which with its people is mentioned in
the noble Koran. And perchance it was eclipsed by a fiery
volcano, like what results now often in known directions of the
earth. And that which appears of the views of these cities now
is mountains, in which the scours and the sun have wrought with
the mightiest of doings. So you see pieces from the mountains
towering up, Avhich have been split and separated (some) from
others of them and their forms vary. Then some of them have
risen like the high building, beneath which^ the caves, natural or
hewn by the act of an agent, appear as if they were doors, with
their props turned upside down, their bases having become their
lintels*. And the best of what is said in describing it is what
his honour'^ the excellent Mohammad Bey al-Muweilihi said —
" Verily they are nature's antiques." And we do not think that
there are found any mountains like* the mountains of Mada'in
Salih, which bewilder the spectator'', and point to^ ancientness of
time, of which none knows the beginning^ except the Creator
(great and glorious is He !). And upon what mountains do the
scours descend ^'^ with the force" with which they descend^" upon
these mountains ? And what sun almost kindles the stone with
fire like the sun of the Hijaz ?

Such we saw Mada'in Salih and much of the mountains which

adjoin it southwards to Medina.

^ falling. - The cities of Salih. ^ Jq the lowest part of them.

* their low has been made their high. ^ presence. ^ in the appear-

ances of. ' ot

^^ in the amount.

59

23. The Arabs and the Hijaz Railway.

Some of these tribes especially those near to Medina the
Illumined are mischief making, disliking the construction of the
iron line because they see it divesting (them of) their being
benefited from their camels upon which they carry all the visitors
of Medina and the pilgrims of the House, and all the foodstuffs
and merchandise. And Medina was, two months of time ago
threatened by their raids ; and accordingly soldiers were placed
upon the summits of the mountains and the mouths of the roads
upon the two sides of the line from Mada'in Salih to Medina the
Illumined. And we had, as soon as we got near to Medina the
Illumined, seen the great numbers^ of the soldiers. Their tents
and entrenchments were scattered over the summits of the
mountains and main roads of the valleys. And the number of the
soldiers^ now guarding^ between Medina and Mada'in Salih
amounts to 15,000 soldiers : of them in Medina alone about
8,000 and the rest* upon the two sides of the line from it
northwards.

24. Antar's Stable.

The fourth division is from Al-Badai', which is at kilometre
1000, to Medina the Illumined, at which kilometre 1303 comes
to an end ; and that is the amount of the distance which is
between it and Damascus. And as to the line between Haifa
and Medina the Ennobled, it is 1480 kilometres. And of the
spots famed in this division is the Stable of Antar at kilometre
1190 ; and it is a building elevated upon the summit of a high
mountain, which looks towards the station of Al-Buwair as if
it were in the neighbourhood of it*. And Al-Buwair is at
kilometre 1210, and it is famous for its water. And there is not
in this division a place possessed of abundant water, good to
drink' except this place.

^ the muchness. ^ armies. ' preserving carefully,
ones. ° nearness from it. * sound for the drinking.

60

And perchance the readers will be content with this account^
of the Hamidian Line ; by means of which we arrived from
Damascus to Medina the Illumined in the space of three days, of
which about 27 hours were for the performance'^ of the prayers
and the obtaining' of food. And this our journey was accom-
plished with all the means* of comfort and pleasantness, were it
not for the violence' of the tread of the heat upon us between
Al-Badai' and Medina the Illumined (upon whose Inhabitant be
the most excellent prayer and peace) since it was there 44
degrees' on our outward journey, and it reached** on our return
journey 48.

25. Advantages of the Hijaz Railway.

He who passes over many'' of the stations of the province of
Al-Karak will find heaps of wheat and chick-peas and barley (in)
great mounds some beside others of them, belonging to the
merchants who have pitched their tents by the side of them,
waiting for transport wagons^ on which to transport these food-
stuffs to Damascus and Haifa ; as he will find many^ of the
wagons^ loaded waiting for the engines to travel with them ; and
as he will find caravans of camels coming to some of them, being
reckoned by the hundreds, train after train, and before each one
of them a banner spread abroad, white or red or stamped in
allusion to the master of the caravan from (among) the merchants ;
and they have come in from Hauran or from the open valley of
As-Salt to those stations for that end. And the products of
these districts were, before the erection^ of the railway, being left
alone where they stood ^^ usually, because their transporting upon
camels upon distances which are counted by days and weeks was
making their expenses double their price. Whereas now'' they
are being transported upon a journey of ten or twenty or thirty

^ clearing up. ^ paying. 3 acquiring for ourselves. * causes.

• the becoming violent. ^ arrived at. ' much. ^ carriages.

* originating. ^o in their (its) places. " As to now.

61

hours at the most at a charge* varying fi'om a dollar to a half for
a quarter, and its price where it stands* varies between 60 and 70
piastres. Then it will arrive at the station of Edrei, for example,
for 70 or 80 piastres. So the merchant will find from it if he
exports it to Syria or Haifa a profit, after that the sower was
finding from it lost capitaP.

26. The Deposed Pasha.

We stopped in the station of Al-Ala about an hour of time,
because the deposed guardian* of Medina was stopping in it ; and
we were on our outward journey to Medina, whereas'' he was on
his return journey towards Damascus. So he transported himself
from his carriage, in which he was with his family, to our train,
and he sat with us in the saloon talking together with the
brigadier and the commandant. And the grief was visible upon
his face, for he was anticipating® after his deposition evil. His
condition was lamentable'' ; because he was placed in a
carriage from the second class ^ in which there are no chairs nor
seats ; and he had carpeted it and made to its windows blinds,
that it might be suitable for his relatives and his family to sleep
in comfort in it. But the like of these carriages are the most
violent of what is, upon the traveller in both heat and cold for
injury ; because they are other than firm of make : there is not
upon their windows glass — and we will speak* about this man in
another place.

27. The Representation- of Damascus.

The city of Damascus of Syria has been directed (by God) to
select a man excellent, well-informed, faithful in his love of his
government and nation who will be made a candidate to represent

1 hire. ^ in their (its) places. ' head of money which was going

the ways of the winds. * preserving carefully. ' and.

*^ thinking there would befall. ' what an elegy is composed for. ^ degree.
* the speech will come.

62

it in the assembly* of those sent — namely ^ his honour' the
excellent Azm-Zadeh resident of Egypt from some time, and
known among us for his education and gentleness and excellence.
And I interviewed him in reference to the affair of this candidature
of his, to the following effecf : —

I said: What will be your programme when you sit to
represent Damascus ?

He said : If I am elected member of the Ottoman parliament
for Damascus and Al-Karak — and they are the provinces for
which I make myselP a candidate — my programme will be to
serve the country.

28. Echo of the Freedom in India.

Scarcely had the telegraphic news arrived at the districts of
India informing of the granting by His Excellency the Sultan
to his nation Freedom, when^ the Indian newspapers began
publishing the good tidings and leading out articles of praise and
panegyric regarding the Commander of the Believers and his
loved nation. Then the spirits revived and the Muslims exchanged
mutual congratulations, and told mutual good tidings of success
and prosperity. And God has verified the saying of his prophet —
on whom be prayer and peace — where he said, My nation are like
the building, one part of it firmly binding another.

29. The Politician.

Oftentimes the slayer slays, then when he is done with his
affair he sits by the side of his slain weeping over him with the
"weeping of bereaved (mother) over her unique (one). Oftentimes
the stealer steals, then when he has finished his requirement he
raises up his hand supplicating unto God that He may provide
him the money lawfully, until he will not acquire it for himself
unlawfully. As to the politician, then he does not see a day in

1 sitting. ^ he (is). 3 the presence of. * as comes.

'^ except and.

63

his life happier than the day in which he knows that he — there
has been perfect to him his management in the causing to perish
of a community or the reducing to poverty of a nation. And
the sign of that (is) that he in the day of his triumph as he
names it, he — or the day of his crime as I name it, I — he hears
the outcry of those who make outcry, comfortable of (the) heart,
frigid of (the) breast, and it is fancied to him that the open
(ground) in his earth and his sky is more narrow than that it
should have capacity for his heart, flying, soaring with joy and
gladness.

30. Wine in Egypt. I.

There is nothing which pains the Muslim zealous for his
religion like that he should see his brethren the Muslims dispersed
in the taverns and by-paths of the ways imbibing the poisons of
intoxicants without that there seize them scruple or caring, as if
they were drinking the declared lawful of the drink. And of the
wonderful is that a writer will write an article and publish it
in the newspapers in which he investigates^ with religious
investigation — perhaps contradicts in it what is famous and
handed down in the opinion of men of religion — then these will
spring upon^ him with an inauspicious spring and unsheathe out
of the seeking of revenge swords with which they wrest the
sentence against him, whilst they see morning and evening the
masses* of the Muslims, nay the pick* of them, drinking the
intoxicants openly ^ And there does not seize them religious
zeal instigating them upon the formation* of a society from them,
which should work for the lessening of the evil of the intoxicants
and the putting away'^ of the temptation of them from the
Muslims.

1 scrapes. ^ rebel against. ' oommonalty. * parthsularity.

* in public. ' composition. ' poshing.

64

31. Wine in Egypt. II.

No religion interdicts wine as^ the Mohamraadan religion
interdicted it. And no community is addicted to the being
devoted to it with excess and greed ^ like the Egyptians. And
no government has neglected the affair of its subjects and winked
at them devoting themselves to the poisons, until it is as if they
were wishing their rooting out, like the Egyptian government.
And no men of religion have fallen short in their duty, which
Divine providence entrusted to them, like the learned of the
Muslims. And their falling short is in combating the likes of
this evil and forestalling the commonalty before that the wines
and their poisons and the being accustomed upon them carry
them away.

And verily we see the government taking pains with the
warding off of the plagues and lavishing the whole hundredweights
of the money in the path of guarding from them, and not
considering about lessening the evil of the wines. If it were not
for keeping^ (about) the health of its community, then let it be
for the sake of copying the rest of the civilized governments,
which do not cease endeavouring in narrowing the circle of the
evils of those poisons. And perhaps the winking of the govern-
ment at this matter was the greatest incitement to the commonalty
in being devoted to the intoxicants.

32. The Peninsula of Arabia^

In the Peninsula is the Kiblah of the Muslims altogether.
There turn towards it every day three hundred millions at the
least at the five times [of prayer]. There is no difference between
Jiidian and Egyptian and Turk and Chinaman.

The Peninsula — in it is the grave of the Master of the
Message and the place of descent of the Revelation, and in it are

1 with the like of what. ^ gluttony. 3 «<.<;.

* The Island of the Arabs.

65

ten millions of the sons of those Arabs who spread abroad Islam
and waged a holy war in exalting the word of the Religion. And
they are now in a state — the face of humanity becomes black at^
the mention of it.

33. Religious SraNiFiCANCE of Arabia.

Then if you direct to the Indian or other than him these
questions, for example, ' Whence comes to you this religion which
you profess?' he says, 'From the Arabs.' 'In what tongue is
your heavenly book, and in what place was it sent down ? ' he
says, * In the tongue of the Arabs, and in the Island of the
Arabs.' * Where do you turn your face when you wish the
communion with^ your Lord in the state of your stress' and
difficulty ? ' he answers you, ' The country of the Arabs.' ' Which
direction is the Kiblah ? In which tongue do you address Him in
the state of your supplication and prayer ?' ' In the tongue of the
Arabs.' ' Where is the resting-place of your Prophet and the
place of his relics and the rites of your religion ?' ' In the country
of the Arabs.' *Who are the preservers of the tongue of the
perspicuous Book ? ' * They are the Arabs.' So the Arabs and
their country are the root of the religion. If they be sound and
the state* of their country be sound, the religion is sound. And
every one who relates himself to this faith [it is well], and if not
then the reverse without a doubt.

34. The Decadence of Al-Islam.

For this we see the Indian crying out and screaming upon his
folk (that), 'Arise and bestir yourselves and look at your brothers'
in Russia.' And the Chinaman ascends the pulpit and incites
his clan to wake up°, and that they should shoe themselves with

^ from. 2 of. » harm. * state of things.

° upon the awaking.

w. 5

66

the shoeing of their brothers the Indians. And the Iranian
writes to his nation (that), 'Resemble the people of Egypt.' And
the Moor stamps in his blood (saying), 'Imitate your brothers the
Turks.' And the Turk mutters to his party : 'Verily, we will
imitate the Egyptian.'

And verily our condition is to be^ grieved for to the (full)
extent^ of what we see and hear of the yearning and the sighing
and the heaving of the sighs and the lamenting of the condition
from all the extremities of the Islamic world. And each points
to him who is more remote than himself in the districts ; and the
whole are agreeing that the state of things universal to the
Islamic world is evil.

35. The Needs of Arabia.

It is the duty of^ the Islamic nation in^ this state of things —
and especially the Egyptian — to direct its looks to the Peninsula
and equip it with a part' of its arts and sciences and its pro-
fessors, and to spread abroad amongst its people the banners^ of
science and culture as are spread abroad amongst us the juridical
sciences and other than they. And the greatest surety to us for
the continuance of these ^ is the Azhar Mosque even if it were
demanding much of the reforming.

36. The Liohting of the Medina Mosque.

The number of the Aghas of the Haram is forty Aghas, and
they are taking in hand the service of the noble chamber ; and
of their duty is that they should let down the lamps of the
mosque with a grapnel of which the head is of iron, in order that
the kindlers may light them. And they are of the chamberlains
of the Haram, and the number of these chamberlains is 560
chamberlains. But they, on account of their number,® take in

1 will be. 2 end. =* The necessary upon. ^ and.

* division. « flags. "^ upon their continuance. ^ muchness.

67

turns the service as to sweeping^ and carpeting and trimming of
the lamps and lighting them. And the operation of the lamps
upon them has become light now, because the noble mosque is
lighted by electricity now, so there are not lighted of the lamps
most of them.

37. The American Train.

(By 2 our excellent special correspondent in New York.)
Important businesses determined upon me the journey to
this city. Then I came to it upon a train — there suffices in
describing it that it be said that it is of the recent American
design I In it are couches for the sleeping and a feeding-place
for the eating, extreme in the arrangement and the good quality
of the eatables, and a library, in it much of the books and the
newspapers and the magazines, and a charming saloon for sitting,
the man does not feel with it a thing of the weariness of the
journey or boredom and iU humour. And there also is a barber's
shop, I tried therein the cleansing of my beard from the hair for
the first time. Then I was bewildered at the pre-eminence of
the hairdresser in qualifying the motions of the razor upon the
motions of the train in order that he might not shed innocent
blood. And in that train is a box for the mail in which the
passengers place their despatches, the administration of the post
emptying it at every station.

38. The Preserving of the Natural Resources.

(By the^ special correspondent of the Muaiyad.)

The president of the Republic is famed for being" an inventor
not an imitator, even if all of what he sets about or endeavours
after* the perfecting of is strange and new and bewildering.

^ ace. ^ By the presence of. ^ fashion. * the presence of the.
^ in that he is. " unto.

5—2

68

Now he has assembled in these days the governors of 'the
American states all of them in Washington the capital to hold^ a
congress to inquire into the means^ available to the guarding of
the natural resources of the country, such as the different mines
and the forests, and the being sparing in the spending from
them, preserving^ what remains for the needs of the country in
the future centuries. And he has permitted to each one of them
that he should take with him as companions three men from the
people of science and true experience in the matters for the sake
of which the congress was held^

39. The House^ of Al-Arqam.

[It is a dwelling in Mecca the Honoured to which the Prophet
(whom may God pray over and salute) used to resort, and those
of the Companions who became Moslems before the appearing of
their afiair, used to study the Koran together in it.]

Of the places by the visitation of which one wins a blessing
in Mecca the Honoured for their association^ with the history of
the first inception of Islam is the dwelling known by ' the dwelling
of Al-Arqam ' ; or ' the dwelling of Al-Khaizuran ' ; and this is
the dwelling standing'' in one of the slopings near to Al-Safa.
Its appearance is not of what arrests the look, seeing that there
is not to it save one face — it is the Kiblah one — of which the
measurement scarcely exceeds four metres.

40. The Courtyard.

And over the door of this dwelling the looker sees an Arabic
inscription, about which we will speak below ^, and the door leads
him who enters by^ it into a small enclosure, upon its right hand
a cupola little^" of elevation resting upon columns tied to one

1 knot. 2 accesses. ' inf. * knotted. ^ dwelling.

6 their being tied, ' rising. ^ upon which the speech will come

in what is after. » from. i« few.

69

another by arches, two of which are blocked with light buildings.
And in the other direction of^ the enclosure, face to face with
the cupola, is a small compartment, which was originally a
vestibule of a small mosque, as appears from its blocked up
arches.

41. Search for Inscriptions.

And when the visitation of this place takes placed there is
ordained along with it to the visitor a prayer of two bows of the
supererogatory things on account of the Prophet (whom may God
pray over and salute) finding shelter in it for a time at the
beginning of his sending. Accordingly I set about the paying of
these two bows, and after that I directed my look to the walls of
the courtyard. Perchance I might stumble upon an inscription
greater of value than the inscription of the door, I mean more
ancient than it in period. Then I did not find it.

42. The Discovery.

Then I resolved upon the leaving, but whilst I was making^
ready to go out, I spied in one of the vaults of the cupola two
slabs of blue stone upon which was writing. Then I reached out
to the first. Then, lo, it was a piece, its length 58 centimetres,
and its breadth 28 centimetres, its writing in the Kufic script,
tree-shaped. Its period goes back to the middle of the fifth
Hijrah century, as appears from the form of its letters and of its
embellishments. And this inscription makes a beginning with
the ' Basmalah,' there is next to it the verse of * In houses ' to His
saying (exalted be He) * and in the evenings'*.' Thereafter, * This
is the hiding-place of the Apostle of God [break in the stone] and
his family, the dwelling of Al-Khaizuran.'

^ from. ^ was. ^ pc. ■* The whole verse is ' In houses which

God hath permitted to be raised, in which His name may be remembered, in
which men may praise Him in the mornings and in the evenings ' : Koran,
24. 36.

70

And the second slab is of the bhie stone likewise. Its length
85 centimetres and its breadth 40 centimetres. And in it are
six lines in the Aiyubi script of the naskhy and in it is an
inscription too long to mention \

43. The Steamship "Sardinia."

Thousands of the men stopped upon the shore to witness the
disaster of the steamship "Sardinia," and whilst she dashed
herself on the rocks there shot out from her tongues of flame
and smoke like what results in the volcanoes, and the warships
had lost no time for the deliverance of the passengers with all
care and energy, but the waves and the tumbling of the masts
made their getting near to the steamship impossible ; and for
another reason^, for the terrified Arabs renounced the leaping
into the water and in an interval of ten minutes the steamship
was surrounded by the flame, and some of her parts exploded
and caused many^ to perish ; and the stokers and mechanics
died in their compartments, since the line of retreat was cut upon
them; and the engines^ remained going round until the ship
broke (her wing).

44. The Egyptian Newspapers.

I do not see the newspapers in Egypt (to be ought) save an
assemblage of the assemblages of gambling, nor these writers
(to be anything) but a company of the players, who have placed
the heads of the Egyptians upon the table of the games as are
placed the balls upon the billiard table. So they revolve round
them playing with them and seeking to ward them off from each
other. So in the morning Zaid gains them and 'Amr loses them
in the evening, and perhaps the end of the night will not come
until the ill-luck revolves its turn against them entirely : then
the whole will lose them and the master of the assembly Avill gain
them.

1 its mention would be long. ^ fj-om another direction. ' much.

* instruments.

71

45. Religion and Patriotism.

Verily the impure patriotic sentiment has crept into the
hearts of some men and chased the religious sentiment from its
place and alighted in its alightingplace. And if it were the
sound patriotism, it would indeed refuse that it should be like
the serpent which has no burrow, so it extorts from every owner
of a burrow his burrow and extrudes him from his habitation and
abode. And the correct patriotism is a portion of religion,
because religion commands the professor of religion, in what it
commands him of good^ works, that he should equip for the
defence of^ his homeland his equipment and that he should not
make for its enemy to it a path. This is patriotism and this is
its summary. He who has no good in regard to his religion has
no good in regard to his homeland because he, if he were in his
breaking the covenant of his patriotism a wicked traitor, then in
his breaking the covenant of God and His contract, he is more
treacherous and more wicked.

46. Of Historical Truth.

Then in the like of this state of things it behoves to us that
we should uncover the cover from that truth in order that it may
be revealed to our readers and to all of the lovers of the verifi-
cation, that it is of the necessary in the like of those places that
the historical truth should be above all of the sorts of the personal
considerations^ ; and that there be not to the writer an object in
view save the clearing up of the truth, and that he be not in any
respect* making for making light of the ancient object of praise,
or that he should praise himself, but that his main object" be to
rehearse the facts according to what they are.

1 sound. ' from. ' incitements. * in a respect of the respects.
^ the mass of his object.

72

47. The Occupation of Bosnia.

Next verily His Majesty^ the Sultan sent a telegraphic
message to Her Majesty^ the Queen of England to conciliate her
tender heart upon the peoples of Bosnia, and seeking from her
the mediation with the government^ of Austria in the preventing
of the massacres and of the shedding of blood ^ by stopping the
occupation until that the High Government^ should be in a
position to still the agitated thoughts and to content the peoples
with the handing over and the acknowledging of the decision of
the Powers. Then the Queen answered in a message gentle of
purport showing'^ in it her grief for what was resulting of the
shedding of blood, but saying in the end : ' Only that I see the
means effectual to the making cease of this trouble and disorder —
it is the subduing by the armies of Austria and the Hungarians
of Herzegovina and Bosnia with a perfect subduing.'

48. The Blood-wit.

We mentioned in what has passed (away) the journey of the
Damascus Mahmil from Mecca, and (now) there has come the
news of its arrival at^ Medina safely, and there did not happen
to it on its way a thing which is worthy the mention save that a
Bedawi man approached one of the Ottoman soldiers and spoke
to him in Arabic speech which he did not comprehend. So he
thought that he was aiming at him evil. Then he shot him. Then
the Bedawi fled to his folk yelling ; and, lo, two of* the Bedawin
who came on assaulting. So the soldiers shot them with the lead.
Then they fell slain. Then the Arabs (of the desert) cried out
one after another from every side, some of them summoning
others to the revenge and to the seizing upon the vengeance, and

^ the Excellency of. ^ Power. * pi. * impf. * narratives

in its arriving unto. ^ (we were) with two from.

73

there almost befell a very great ^ sedition, had not^ the two sherifs
entered into negociations with the sheikhs of the Arabs (of the
desert) and not ceased dealing gently with them until they broke
their enthusiasm and satisfied them with the paying* of the blood-
wit of the slain, 160 guineas — and may God suffice the believers
(against) the evil of the fighting.

49. Oneiza in Nejd.

Verily the number of the inhabitants of this town is near
(from) three thousand souls, and their present commander (he)
is Abd al-Jawad (Jeved) son of Salim. And there is not round
it sowings or palmgrove, and the whole of its traffic goes down to
it from Al-Kuweit and India and the Hijaz. And its people are
at one with (in oneness along with) their commander and (in) an
enthusiasm in regard to what is between them, which makes to
appear upon them (the) courage; and they are endeavouring
always after (behind) what will benefit and make their country
to progress, and they are inclining much to him who praises them
and praises their commander. And there is not to the commander
an income except what he takes upon the beasts of burden and
upon some of the lands which are sown (in) the time of rain.
And this town has been the cause of the contention which arose
between some of the commanders, and there were through (for)
it wars which continued a space not short (it is not short).

50. The Dearness in the Huaz.

{In rhymed prose.)

In what preceded I mentioned not a little (a thing other than
few) in the description of the dearth which alighted, and the
dearness which dismounted, in the Hijazi dwellings ; and what
was of the drying up of the springs and wells, and the being

1 elat. 2 ^ere it not for that. ' handing.

74

imprisoned of the rains, and the withering of the pastures ; and
the alighting of the drought in every valley, and we acquaint
you that the state of things is upon (in) an increasing, and the
dearth in a becoming violent, whilst (and) the (nomadic) Arabs
remove from their dwellings ; and take camel from their pasture-
grounds into the cities and the villages, and especially into
Mecca, the mother of the villages, in flight ^ with themselves and
their children from death by hunger^ and perishing (perdition)
by starvation \

So we call to the people of (the) piety and well-doing and the
masters of the gentle (sorrowing) hearts and haughty souls and
the possessed of (the) bounty and munificence in the eastern
parts of the earth and its western parts, that they stretch out
the hands of help, and extend (stretch out) the palms of kindli-
ness and benevolence (being conciliated), for the making light
the woes of this dark calamity (alighting thing) between which
and the reaping of the spirits of these pure souls by the reaping
hook of hunger and dearness there was not except two half-bow
lengths'' or closer, and the sending of what their souls are
bountiful with to the prefecture of Mecca the Glorious, and the
seat of the lofty waliship to distribute upon the needy, and God
will not let be lost the hire of the well doing.

^ ace. 2 a, half-bow of two bows, Kor. 53, 9.

PART IV

ADVANCED PROSE

1. Autumn in Manchuria.

The land excepting in the southern part of the Kwantung
peninsula, remains exactly as it was left when the harvest was
carried, no ploughing whatever being done, as it is desirable to
retain all possible moisture for the spring sowing. Only in the
neighbourhood of Port Arthur is there any attempt to sow
autumn wheat. Elsewhere nothing is sown until April. It is
thus comparatively easy to travel in any direction on the plains,
independently of the roads or cart tracks, so long as no rivers or
gullies are encountered. Almost all the rivers, excepting the
Liau, are now daily growing smaller, and the water as clear as
crystal, so that fords are everywhere increasing in number.

The Times.

{Literal Version.)

And the people do not busy themselves in these days with
any agricultural work in the meadows because they wish by that
that they should preserve to the land the moisture which is good
for the spring sowings ; only that the fanners round Port Arthur
make a beginning in the scattering of the wheat of the autumn
in contrast to the other districts, for they (m. pi.) do not make
a beginning in the sowing except in the month of April. Then
it results from this at that time that the travelling in all the
directions is free from the difficulties where the earth is open and

76

the waters of the rivers are low. And in these days the rivers —
the waters in them are becoming less then less and they are pure,
crystalline, and there are many fords.

2. November in Manchuria.

With November a decided change may come. The weather
may continue fine until the middle of the month, or it may
break earlier, with odd days of rainy sleet or snow. The roads
become slippery with stiff, half-frozen mud, but the river-crossings
are not affected, except that the water is icy cold for those who
ford them. Towards the end of November the ice forms into
floating masses and causes much trouble on the larger rivers,
where at the main crossings wooden, temporary trestle bridges
are often erected. Early winter ice, which will not bear the
traffic, sometimes stops all local communication, if there is no
bridge, as the sharp ice cuts the animals' legs and often lames
them. Towards the end of November the ground is frozen on
the surface, through which, wherever there has been mud or soft
wet soil, the wheels cut and are jammed. This causes serious
delay but does not altogether stop traffic.

The Times.

{Literal Version.)

And in November the weather sometimes remains fine to the
end of the middle of the month, and of the permissible is that
there should make a beginning the alighting of the snow and the
rains, with the cold, whilst the roads become slippery with mud
frozen, until it resembles clay. Then the rivers do not increase,
and only there is difficult the crossing in the travelling upon
the feet or by means of the swimming. Towards the end of
November large pieces of ice swim upon the surface of the large
rivers from which there is mighty trouble to those journeying, so
that on the main roads they originate light wooden bridges every

year. And were it not for the bridge, it would make to cease
the crossing, because the waters will be frozen in a degree that
the snowy layer will not endure the travelling of the man and
the animals, then it cuts their legs, then they become lame. And
in the end of November the moist ground will be ice, and the
roads which were covered with the muds will become hard,
frozen. Only they will not carry the carts, so that it will be
journeyed with difficulty.

3. December in Manchuria.

From December onwards it will become daily more and more
difficult to do any trenching and by Christmas- time the ground
from Haicheng northwards will be very solidly frozen to a depth
of 3 ft. increasing to 5 ft. as one goes north. The maximum
depth of hard frozen earth at Mukden is 4 ft. in January.
During the Chino -Japanese war the Japanese found it impossible
to intrench on the plains, but on the stony hillsides they were
able, with much labour, to blast out certain positions. It is,
therefore, not surprising to learn that they are preparing for all
contingencies by hiring thousands of Chinese coolies to fortify
the Liau-yang positions against an attack from the north. The
Russian defences faced in the opposite direction.

The Times,

(Literal Version.)

And as to from the (making) begiiming of December, then it
is not possible that the man should dig in those days, because
the ground — there enters into it the ice upon a depth of 90
centimetres from Haicheng with the directing oneself towards
the north, and it is permitted that the thickness of the ice
should attain to about a metre and a half; and it does not
exceed (from) a metre and 20 centimetres round Mukden.
And the Japanese were not, in the course of the war between
them and the Chinese, making intrenchments in the plain, but of

78

the compulsory was at that time the fortifying of some of the
places upon the hills by means of the stones. And for that you
see the Japs taking into service the Chinese coolies to strengthen
the places of Liau-yang from the forward^ direction, because the
Russian forts were directing themselves in the opposite^.

4. The Army of Manchuria.

Have you ever seen a series of pictorial diagrams which gives
you in a graphic manner statistical information with regard to all
the countries of the world? In a special chapter dedicated to
the military forces you can often find a table in which each army
is indicated by a soldier, dressed in his national uniform, his
height varying according to the comparative strength of the army.
Look at Russia ! It figures like a giant, while Germany reaches
just to its shoulders, and the other countries rapidly dwindle to
an average sized man. Japan looks like a dwarf and it seems as
if the soldier representing Russia would only have to tread on it
to crush it to death. Why in the present war has this not
happened? "What causes have aided this new David in con-
quering Goliath? Why has Japan inflicted terrible defeats on
her opponent? It is the object of these articles to explain the
reason, to examine the anatomy of the giant, to show the
composition of his bones, his nerves, and his muscles, to dia-
gnose the diseases that disable this huge body, and to demonstrate
why the giant cannot deal the crushing blow to the dwarf

Ths Times.

{Literal Version.)

Have you seen in the yearly almanacks and statistics figures
representing the countries of the world ? In the chapter of the
military strengths you find each power indicated by a soldier,
who has put on the uniform by which he is particularized, and
his length in proportion to the number of soldiers in the armies
1 facing. 2 in another (self) directing.

79

of the country to which he belongs. Have you not seen the
Russian army figured in the shape of a soldier, bulky and large
of body, so that the one representing the German army scarcely
arrives except to his shoulders. And you have seen the
Japanese army represented by a soldier, insignificant, small, who
scarcely arrives at the thigh of the Russian soldier. All of us
have seen that in the books and periodicals. Then what is the
reason which makes to this insignificant, feeble one the upper
hand, and has expanded for him the paths of triumph over that
mighty tyrant? Nay, how slays David Goliath in the plain of
the eastern, greatest war 1

For the answer to these questions it is necessary for me^ that
I should take in hand to cut up the bulky (dead) body of that
tyrant and analyse its branches and set forth its members, in
order that I may make clear its reality and the amount of what
belongs to it of the strength and health.

5. Coal in Manchuria.

The fuel supply for both armies will be a serious problem.
The coal mines at Wa-fang-tien and Yen-tai are both in
Japanese hands. They are none of them as yet very productive,
and we have not heard to what extent the Russians destroyed
the workings. The Fu-chun mines are much more valuable, as
there is a large supply of good steam coal readily accessible, and
if the existing mines are destroyed it would be a simple matter
to start others, following the common Chinese methods. Should
the Russians lose these, the loss will be very serious, as there are
no other mines of any special value northwards, except some to
the east of Kirin, which are far from the railway. It seems,
therefore, that the Russians will need to import Siberian coal for
their engines on the Kharbin-Mukden line, which are con-
structed to burn coal, or else use the engines of the Siberian

line, which burn wood.

The Times.

80

{Literal Version.)

And of the serious matters is the question of the materials of
the burning because the mines of the coal in W. and Y. are in
the hands of the Japs. And of the supposable is that the
Russians destroyed the ways of exploiting and employing them
before passing them by, and there is not in them until now much
advantage.

And of the chief of the mines in importance for the Russians
are the mines of F. in which there is much good coal, and if they
destroyed them, the Japs could dig others with ease as the
Chinese do. But if the Russians were forced to vacate these, it
would be upon them a determining blow and a chief loss, seeing
that there are not found with them after that the sufficient mines
except in the east of K. distant (masc. sing.) with a remote
distance from the railway. Then they would be forced at that
time either to requisition the coal necessary for the locomotives
which travel on the line between Mukden and Kharbin from
Siberia, or to use the Siberian locomotives which are worked by
means of the burning of wood.

6. The Turk in Egypt.

The Turk was the conqueror of Eg3'pt and within the memory
of persons still living behaved as such. But there are now but
few pure Turks left. In the absence of fresh importations from
Turkey, a process of Egjrptianisation set in. Absence from the
headquarters of Ottoman thought and action, and intermarriage
with Egyptians, produced their natural results. It is thought
that no such thing as a pure Turk of the third generation is to be
found within the length and breadth of the land. It is, indeed, a
misnomer to speak of Turks in Egypt. By the time the English
occupied the country in 1882, all the Turks had blossomed or, as
some would say, degenerated into Turco-Egyptians. This is a

81

point which the English politician had to bear carefully in mind,
for as each year of the British occupation passed by, the Turco-
Egyptian element in Egyptian society became more Egyptian and
less Turkish in character and habits of thought.

Modern Egypt.

{Literal Version.)

The Turk was the conqueror of Egypt, playing the rdle of
the victor to the period of folk who do not cease until now — in
the bond of life. As for now, then there have not remained of the
Turks except some individuals, and when there did not come
other than they of the original Turks, their Egyptianizing began.
Verily their being remote from the capital of Othm^ni thought and
action and their mixing with the Egyptians by marriage led to
the expected natural results. And it is said that there is not
found in the length and breadth of Egypt a pure Turk. And he
is mistaken who speaks about the Turks in Egypt, because they
are other than found in it in fact. For when the English occupied
Egypt in the year 1882, the whole of the Turks had progressed
and become Eg)^tianized, or as folk say, that they had de-
generated ; and it is an affair which it is necessary upon the
English politician that he should remember it.

7. The Egyptian Turk and the Sultan.

In common with other Moslems, the Turco-Eg)rptian looked
to the Sultan as their Pope. But on the other hand they were
year by year less inclined to regard him as their king. When, in
1892, the British government stepped in and prevented a Firman
of the Sultan from being promulgated, they rallied in a half-
hearted and platonic manner round the Commander of the
Faithful. They winced at the spectacle of his humiliation at
the hands of a Christian Power. Bat even then the feelings of
w. 6

82

indignation excited in their heart were probably no stronger than
those which would be felt by an Italian patriot who was also a
devout Catholic and who saw the Vatican obliged to yield to the
Quirinal.

Again, in 1906, when the relations of England and Turkey
were strained by what is known by the 'Sinai Peninsula'
incident, a strong wave of pro-Turkish feeling seemed to sweep
over Egypt, but it was a purely fictitious movement, manu-
factured by the Anglophobe press. It speedily died a natural
death.

Modern Egypt.

{Literal Version.)

And the Egyptian Turks have agreed with the rest of the
Moslems in regarding the Sultan as their religious chief, as the
Christians regard the Pope. But they made less, year after
other, of their inclination to regarding him as Sultan to them.
Then when the English Government stepped in in the year 1892
and prevented the promulgating of the Sultanic Firman, the
Egyptian Turks rallied to the side of the Commander of the
Believers with a rallying feeble of resolution and displayed the
spite of a (person) hurt, since they saw a Christian power
humbling him. And with (all) that, then verily what was
excited in their breasts of the anger perhaps did not exceed over
what an Italian true of patriotism displays (and he is a pious
Catholic also) when he sees the Vatican compelled upon the
humiliation to the administration of the Government of Italy.

Next when the relations between England and Turkey
became strained in the year 1906 by reason of an event the like
of the Peninsula of Sinai, there appeared there a sentiment of
strong rallying towards Turkey : then it was as if it comprised
Egypt in its entirety : except that it was a fictitious movement,
which the press hostile to England had manufactured, and it did
not delay that it died a natural manner of death.

83

8. Character of the Turco-Egyptian.

The peculiar characteristic of the typical Turco-Egyptian is
his catholic capacity for impotent hatred. He hates the
Englishman because the Englishman curbs him. He hates and
fears the pure Turk, because the pure Turk is difficult to curb.
He despises the Egyptian whom he regards as his prey, and who,
in fact, would be his prey were it not for the English watchdog
who keeps him off.

Among the many vague ideals incapable of realisation which
are floating about in the Egyptian political atmosphere nothing
is more certain than that the ideal of the Turco-Egyptian can
never be realised. He can never be restored to the position of
trust, which he formerly occupied and abused.

Modmm Egypt.

{Literal Version,)

And the most important of that by which this (person) is
distinguished is his surpassing ability upon weak hatred. So he
dislikes the Englishman because he withholds him from his
passion. And he dislikes the pure Turk and fears him also,
because as for the pure Turk — not easy is his withholding and
the pulling up of his headstrongness. And he despises the
Egyptian and looks upon him as a plunder for him. And the
Egyptian would be like that if it were not for the Englishman
who repulses from him, since he stands upon watching him.

Verily the hopes of the Egyptian Turk are the first of the
hopes the verification of which is absolutely impossible from
among the many imaginary hopes spreading in the sky of
political Egypt. For it would be absurd to replace him in the
position of charge which was formerly his, then he made evil the
conduct in it.

6—2

84

9. His Convictions and his Interests.

In truth religious conviction, backed by racial prejudice, and
by the sympathy generally entertained amongst Orientals for a
theocratic form of Government, may for a while wrestle with
personal interest and political associations, but the chances are
that, if the struggle is continued, religious conviction will get a
fall. Pro-Turkish sentiment will therefore smoulder and occa-
sionally flicker up sufficiently to show some feeble light, but it
will never burst into a blaze. For, in fact, many considerations
are constantly dragging the Turco-Egyptian in a direction away
from Constantinople. Although he may try to deceive others, he
cannot deceive himself.

Modern Egypt.

{Literal Version.)

And the reality of the affair is that the religious conviction
backed by racial prejudices and the general inclination of the
Orientals to the form of the theocratic government perhaps have
rubbed themselves against personal interests and political associa^
tions, but when this battling is long between the two principles,
then the more preponderating (thing is) that the religious aspect
will be hit with failure. And necessarily so, for the feeling of
sympathy towards Turkey — there will sometimes be to it smoke,
and occasionally it will send up some flame sufficing to show a
little light, but it will never pass over into a blaze, for there are
many considerations which remove the Egyptian Turk from
Constantinople. And he, if he put himself in possession of the
deception of other than he, then he does not deceive himself.

10. The Turkish Rj&gime in Egypt.

He knows well enough what he would do if he got the upper
hand ; he would plunder everyone he could indiscriminately.
He knows that his own brethren, whom his ancestors left
behind at Constantinople, are prepared to act on precisely similar

86

principles, and he feels that if they, who are certainly the most
powerful of the sons of Islam, were once to step on the scene,
his affinity of race would avail him little ; he would take rank with
the plundered rather than with the plunderers, or, at best, he would
have to stand by and see the Egyptians robbed without obtaining
any adequate share of the plunder. Rather than submit to this
fate, it were better perhaps to take the good things the Englishmen
offer him ; it is true that they will not let him spoil the Egyptians,
but they will prevent the Constantinopolitan Turk from spoiling
him ; they give him wealth and security for his life and property ;
perhaps it will be as well to pause before throwing away these
benefits in order to obtain the doubtful advantages of being
governed by a number of co-religionists, whose community of
religion would in no degree temper their rapacity.

Modem Egypt.

{Literal Version.)

And he knows for certain what he would do if the vetoing
and the commanding extended^ to him — that he would in that case
plunder every man and not refrain from one, and he knows that
his own brethren, who do not cease from the period of his ancestors
(being) in Constantinople, would not put off from setting about
the like of that, and he feels also that the Turks, and they are
the strongest of the followers of Islam without doubt, if they
took the affair in hand, the unity of his race-origin with them
would not benefit him at all. Then he would prefer that he
should be among the plundering than among the plundered. Or
he would be forced to stand still on a side and see the Egyptians
being plundered and their rights spoiled, without that there is to
him a share of those spoiled spoils. Then he prefers that he should
enjoy himself in the good things which the English offer to him ; and
they — together with (the fact) that they prevent him from spoiling
the Egyptians — then verily they also protect him himself from the

^ came to an end.

86

Turks of Constantinople. They enlarge to him the wealth and
guard his life and properties. Then it is fitter in him that he
should think twice before that he leaves (alone) all of these
benefits by way^ of the resulting upon privileges other than
assured ; since there will take in hand his affairs a section from
his brethren in the Faith, whose religious community with him^
would not make less of their quarrelsomeness and their love of
gain.

11. The British Occupation.

Thus, in 1882, the English found a body of Turco-Egyptians
who occupied the principal places under Government ; who were
the chief landowners in the country; who disliked the English
inasmuch as they knew by intuition that their intervention would
save the Egyptians from being plundered ; who occasionally cast
a glance towards Constantinople, and were willing enough to try
and scare the English with the bugbear of the Khalifs spiritual
authority; who would have been bitterly disappointed if their
flirtations with the Porte had been taken seriously, and if the
Mohammadan Pope, doffing his mitre, had assumed the crown,
handled the sword, and commenced to assert his authority in
temporal affairs; and who, lastly, in the presence of the alien
and the Christian showed a tendency to amalgamate with the
other dwellers on Egyptian soil in the creation of a sort of
spurious patriotism. I say spurious patriotism, because the alliance
between the semi-Egyptianized Turk and the pure Egyptian is
unnatural. The people of Egypt are not really with the representa-
tive Turco-Egyptians.

Modern Egypt.

{Literal Version.)

And accordingly the English found in the year 1882 a body
of the Egyptianized Turks occupying the highest offices in the
Government and they were the largest landowners in the country
^ in the path. * and him.

87

and they were disliking the English, knowing^ that the intervention
of these English would rescue the Eg)rptiaus from the being
plundered and spoiled. And they occasionally were turning to
Constantinople and were using deceit to scare the Englishman
with the phantom of the religious authority of the Khalif.

As for these, their hopes would have failed much, if that the
High Door had solemnised their political eiforts, then the Islamic
Pope had put on his crown and bared his rapier, and begun
turning (the mill of) his authority in worldly afifairs. Thereafter
verily they lastly in reference to the existence of the alien and
the Christian inclined to mingle with the rest of the inhabitants
in Egypt, and participate with them in a sort of the sorts of spurious
patriotism ; because the alliance between the like of the
Eg}'ptianized Turk and between the pure Egyptian is not natural.
And the truth of the affair is that the peoples of Egypt are not
rallying to the opinion of the Egyptian Turk.

12. Egyptian Patriotism.

Then again, as time went on, a few Turco-Egyptians were
animated by sentiments which, however impracticable, were by
no means ignoble. They became identified with Egyptian
aspirations and wished to establish a government free from
interference of either Turk or European. A few also recognized
the benefits conferred on the country by the British occupation
and loyally co-operated with the British officials in furthering
the cause of reform.

Modern Egypt.

{Literal Ver&ion.)

And along with the process of time a few Egyptian Turks
became animated by sentiments which were not at all ignoble,
even if to achieve them were other than possible. These Egypt-
ianized Turks became identified with the Egyptians themselves,

^ out of a knowing from them.

88

and inclined to their aspirations, and wished that they should
proclaim an independent government in the affairs of which no
Turk or European should interfere. And of them (some) folk
valued the goods which the English occupation had conferred
upon^ Egypt with the due of their value, then worked with
loyalty along with the English officials to back up the reform.

13. The Granting of the Constitution.

The dramatic rapidity with which the Sultan has granted a
Constitution to Turkey is the best proof of the imminent peril in
which he has found himself. For the moment it does not matter
very much whether, as is most probable, he has revived the
suspended Constitution of 1876, or whether as is apparently
suggested, in the official announcement, he has promulgated an
entirely new Constitution. The one momentous fact, which is
inevitably destined to have far reaching consequences in Eastern
Europe, is that Abdul Hamid has professedly relinquished some,
at anj'^ rate, of those despotic and autocratic privileges which he
abandoned almost immediately after his accession only to seize
them again with a firmer grasp. We have still to see whether his
sudden decision to liberalize the institutions of Turkey will suffice
to rescue him from the very grave plight in which he is placed.

The Times.

{Literal Version.)

Verily the sudden way which the Sultan has used in granting
the fundamental canon to Turkey is the most excellent proof of
the mighty danger in which he has found himself. As to now, it
is not much important if he has revived that Constitution which
he had suspended in the year 1877 (as it is the preponderating),
or had originated a code new from its first to its end (as is under-
stood from the official advertisement). But the afifair which is

1 to.

89

worthy of the surpassing solicitude, and there is no escape that
there should be to it a distant impression upon Eastern Europe —
it is that Abdul Hamid has relinquished in some sort some of
those despotic, responsible privileges which he had already left
alone upon the trace of [immediately after] his accession : there-
after he did not tarry that he sought to return to them, and laid
hold of them with a violent laying hold. It remains that we see
from the vicissitudes of the coming events, if his sudden resolution
upon universalizing the freedom in Turkey will suffice to rescue
him from the abyss into which he has fallen.

14. The Turkish Revolution.

The avowed primary object of the Young Turkey movement,
which has accomplished this swift and almost bloodless revolu-
tion, was to secure his abdication. Abdul Hamid has acted
shrewdly in seeking to make terms with his people while there is
yet time. With the army at his back he was able to trifle with
the liberties of his subjects, to oppress the various helpless
adherents of other creeds residing within his Empire, and to
direct an administration steeped in corruption and notorious for
inefficiency. When the army began to forswear its allegiance,
he was at once paralyzed and helpless. The military revolt in
Macedonia is only one phase of a discontent which has become
almost universal in Turkey. Had the Sultan been able to send
other troops to crush the mutinous soldiery at Ochrida and
Resna and other places, we should no doubt never have witnessed
this hasty promulgation of constitutional privileges. But the
Sultan was driven into a corner.

The Times,

{Literal Version,)

Then already the chief goal which the party of the youthful
Turkey has set before itself — and it is the party which has achieved
this swift revolution which was not sullied with blood (pi.) was

90

that they should instigate him upon the abdicating. Only that
Abdul Hanaid has taken the lice of wisdom and cunning, so
hastened to make peace with his community before the passing by
of the opportunities. For he, when the army was backing him,
was able to trifle with the rights and freedom of his community,
and wrong those whom he found in his kingdom of the followers
of the rest of the other religions, and to take in hand the halter
of his government which corruption rendered hideous and it was
distinguished by its feeblemindedness and the fewness of its
efficiency. But when the army began to manifest disaffection he
saw himself immediately weak, he is not strong upon a thing.
For the military revolution in Macedonia is only one phase of the
discontent which has become general in Turkey. And had the
Sultan been able to send another army to pull up the armies
rebelling, we should indeed not have sighted absolutely what we
have heard now of the originating of the Constitution and the
granting of the rights, but they [the army] narrowed upon the
Sultan the paths.

15. The Cause of the Revolution.

A notable characteristic of the movement has been the
friendly attitude of the leaders towards the Christians in the
insurrection. The manner in which they have been appealing to
all creeds and races to work together is in entire accord with the
spirit of the new Constitution, which is understood to confer
equal rights upon all subjects of the Sultan. If the Young
Turkey movement, which has already obtained its principal
object, continues to be conducted on enlightened and pacific lines,
it may go far towards bringing about the regeneration of Turkey.
We cannot forget, however, that the real instrument which has
wrought this change is the Turkish army, and the predominant
influence in the army was discontent at arrears of pay and
conditions of service. Military grievances probably weighed a

91

great deal more with the soldiery than any desire for a Parliament.
When these grievances are rectified, the support of the army
may possibly become a somewhat uncertain quantity.

The Times.

{Literal Version.)

And of that by which this rising is distinguished is the clear
inclination of the leaders with a friendly inclining towards the
Christians. For their summons is to the whole of the races and
creeds to the agreement in the work, conforming completely to
the spirit of the new Constitution, which equalises between the
whole of the subjects of the Sultan in their rights. Then if the
free, who have acquired now their first object, persevere upon
turning their movement upon this peaceful, wise manner, then
verily there is no escape that it should contribute towards the
resuscitating of Turkey. At the same time we do not forget
that the unique mean, which caused this overturn to exist, is the
Ottoman army. And that the chief impression upon the army
originated from its discontent from the being in arrears of its pay,
and the evil of its conditions. And the preponderating is that
the evil conditions in the military service were more in impression
upon the armies than their desire for the resulting upon the
parliament. So when these cease, perhaps the dependence upon
the army will be making lawful the doubt.

16. The Moroccan Police.

The insecurity of the environs of Tangier necessitated the
organization of a police force. It was necessary that this force
should be a native one, and to all intents and purposes under the
absolute control of the Moorish Government, lest the fanaticism
of the surrounding tribes should be aroused and a fresh series of
outrages take place. After some show of opposition the Sultan
has placed the responsibility of organizing this police force in the
hands of an experienced French officer and an Algerian sub-

92

ordinate. Captain Fournier, who has already had experience of
Morocco and is a good Arabic scholar, has been at work for a
month or more in drilling a portion of the Tangier garrison, and
has succeeded in instilling some sort of discipline into the ranks.
In order to give every appearance of Moorish control, he has
introduced Arabic words of command in the place of the English
ones formerly in use, and which were, of course, perfectly in-
comprehensible to the greater part of the soldiery and had become
mangled almost beyond recognition in the course of years.

The Times.

{Literal Version.)

The disorder and want of security have ruled in the environs
of Tangier so that there became of the necessary the formation
of a force of the Police, but there does not go away from the
mind the necessity of making this force unadulterated native
and under the absolute control of the Moroccan government ;
and, if not, the leaders of the neighbouring tribes would blow
towards the insurrection and yearn towards the religious fana-
ticism, and a befalling of dangerous happenings would be a decree
which there would be no turning back. And the Sultan showed
opposition at the first beginning in the formation of this force.
Thereafter he repented towards the correct and stipulated to one
of the French officers the care in this affair. And this officer
is an owner of experience in the conditions of the Moroccan
country, and of perfect facility in the Arabic language. This
(is) not to mention that he has spent about a (the) month in the
training of the garrison of Tangier upon the observing of order,
and (then) has succeeded in that with all the success. And this
man has done well and generously in that he has not made the
military expressions of the command in the English language, as
was the affair formerly, but has made them in the Arabic language.
And in this is what removes far from the clouds of doubt in the
minds of the Moroccans.

17. The Visit of the King to the Emperor of Russia.

The King has arranged to pay a state visit ^ at Whitsuntide
to the Emperor of Russia at Reval, where he expects to arrive
in'' His Majesty's yacht Victoria and Albert, escorted" by two
cruisers on June 9. This is the first official visit which His
Majesty has been able to pay^, since his accession to the throne,
to the Emperor of Russia, with whom he is closely allied by*^ ties
of friendship and near relationship.

The Times.

18. The Moslems in Egypt.

The Moslems consist first of Turks and Turco-Egyptians ;
secondly, of Egyptians ; and thirdly, of Bedouins. A few
Moslems resident in Egypt will thus remain unclassified : for
instance, there are a few Algerians and Tunisians, who are French,
and a few natives of India, who are British subjects. There are
also a considerable number of Soudanese, an element which was
found of importance when the reorganisation of the Egyptian

army was taken in hand^.

Modern Egypt.

19. The Quality of Mercy.

The quality of mercy is not strained,

It droppeth^ as the gentle rain from heaven

Upon the place beneath : it is twice bless'd,

It blesseth him that gives, and him that takes:®

^ purposes to visit. * upon the back of. ^ kept watch over.

* visit. 5 in spite of what is between them of. * And after that there

will remain some of the Moslems, of them a small number from the Algerians
and the Tunisians, and they are subjects of France, and some of the peoples
of India, and they are subjects of England. And there is a large number of
Soudanese, and there was to them importance at the organisation of the
Egyptian army.

^ fails one by one. ^ the pitying and the pitied equally.

94

'Tis mightiest in the mightiest; it becomes^

The throned monarch'^ better than his crown:

His sceptre shows the force ^ of temporal power,

The attribute'' to awe and majesty,

Wherein doth sit the dread and fear of kings'^ ;

But mercy is above this sceptred^ sway,

It is enthroned ^ in the hearts of kings

It is an attribute* to God himself ;

And earthly power doth then show likest God's

When mercy seasons justice^

The Merchant of Venice.

20. The Russian Soldier.

The Russian soldier is still what he has been throughout
history — a man without dash^ or initiative or the fine frenzy of
battle^'', but at the same time a man who will stand where he is
told to stand till he is killed, and who is not panic-stricken by
disaster or awed into submission by" the superior skill or courage
or numbers of the enemy. He does not know when he is beaten ^^,
and, if he does not expect victory ^^ is equally unexpectant of
defeat". He plods on in a sort of dumb indifference to his fate^^

The Spectator.

1 adorns. ^ ^he crowned king. ^ is only the title. ^ attributed.
^ pride and greatness and the appropriation of kings arising upon threat and
menacing. « fleshly. ^ praise to Him and exalted be He. ^ and

the crowned strength is only resembling and nearing God's when justice is
adorned with mercy. ^ venturesomeness. ^° war-rage. ^^ nor does

he submit out of fear from. ^^ conquered. ^^ the conquering. i* the
being routed. " He has the patience of the camel not complaining nor

caring whether his fate be near or far.

95

21. Pacific Penetration.

With this idea in view, a loan of £2,000,000 has already-
been advanced by the * Banque de Paris,' the security of which is
supplied by the custom-houses of Morocco \ where the agents of
the French bank are already employed in^ collecting the interest
on the loan, no less than 60 per cent, of the receipts being set
aside ^ for this purpose. Although there was considerable
opposition on the part of the Moors to this scheme, it* has been
carried through without any disturbance, and, like most things
in Morocco, the opposition proved to be ephemeral. There is no
doubt that this hold which the French obtained upon the finances
of Morocco will greatly assist them in furthering their policy ^

...It is much to be hoped' that the forthcoming French
embassy to Fez^ which is to leave Tangier toward the end of
this month, will have* some definite result, and that the able
French minister to Morocco, M. St. R^nd-Taillandier, will succeed
in persuading^" the Sultan that the only possible course to pursue
is to have" confidence in the friendship and goodwill of France
and allow her to assist in the restoration of his Majesty's influence
and in^^ the reformation of Morocco.

The Times.

^ To realise this object the bank of Paris has lent the Moroccan government
50 million francs secured by the revenues of the Moroccan custom-houses.
2 have already made a beginning in. ^ and that is by particularizing 60

in the 100. * And this undertaking, although it had met with violent

opposition. ' came to nothing with the passing away of time. * And
of what there is no doubt in is that France's resulting upon the security
of her loan by the Moroccan custom-house revenues will assist her much
upon following out her policy in regard to it (Morocco). ' And of the

hoped is. ^ the agency of France in Fez. " arrive at. ^'^ convincing.
1' the straight course to follow up which is fitting in him is only.
1* smoothing the way for her in order that she may restore the influence of
his Sherifian presence to the country and assist in.

96

22. Character of the Egyptian Turk.

But with all this the Turco-Egyptian has some redeeming
qualities. The glamour of a dominant race still hovers as an
aureole, albeit a very dimmed aureole, round his head'. He is
certainly not more corrupt than the Egyptian ; he is more
manly '^ and the greater'' the quantity of Turkish blood running
in his veins, the more will his manly qualities appear*. He is
sometimes truthful and outspoken after his own fashion'.. He
has a rude standard of honour ^ Go where you will in
Egypt, if any bit of administrative work requiring a certain
amount of energy has been well done by** a native official, it will
generally be found that the official in question is a Circassian or
a Turco-Egyptian, who is probably more Turk than Egyptian ^
The Turco-Egyptian can, in fact, still to a certain extent command,
and that is why, with all his defects, and in spite of the fact
that the class to which he belongs is generally Anglophobe —
although there are some notable exceptions, — it will be found
that the individual Englishman will get on welP" with the
individual Turk, and better" with the Turco-Egyptian than with
the pure Egyptian, the Syrian or the Armenian. The northerner
and the Oriental meet on the common ground that the English-
man is masterful, and that the Turco-Egyptian, though less
masterful than the pure Turk, is more so than the pure Egyptian.
The Englishman belongs to an imperial race, and the Turco-
Egyptian to a race which but yesterday was imperial. The
English, Nubar Pasha once said to me, "are the Turks of the
West." Modern Egypt.

^ Then his head does not cease being copious with the hopes of a
dominant nation, albeit they are very weak hopes. ^ he is more excellent
than he in the attributes of manliness. ^ jn proportion as exceeds.

* exceeds in him the appearing of the attributes of manliness. ^ and

bold in making to appear his opinion upon the manner which he knows.
^ to him is a strange opinion regarding honour. "^ however trifling.

" and you see that it is complete upon what was desired by means of.
8 his Turkish nature will have conquered over his Egyptian nature.
^° find easy the working. ^* more of easiness.

I

97

23. The Mufti.

The Grand Mufti is the chief law-doctor of the country.
He is a magnate of whose spiritual authority the temporal ruler
of the country must take account \ Despotic Khedives and even,
it is said, Suleiman the Magnificent have tried to force the hand
or over-ride the decisions of the Grand Mufti, and like their
Christian prototype ^ who tried to throw oiF the Spiritual yoke,
they have generally been obliged to go to Canossa^. The
English politician also has to recognize the Mufti's existence.
When, indeed, the venerable old man, who at one time occupied
the post of Grand Mufti, advocated as the most natural thing
in the world'*, the crucifixion of criminals, it was scarcely
necessary for the Englishman to raise his little finger in order to
remind the Egj^tian world that, although the onward tramp*^ of
civilization might be heard but faintly within^ the sacred precincts
of the mosque, he was nevertheless standing outside its walls
with his treaties, his newspapers, and, if need be'', his soldiers,
to assert the validity of anti-crucifixionist principles*. But
although in an extreme case such as this the Englishman might
impose a veto on^ some barbarous act, he could not do much
more'". He could not make the Egyptian horse drink of the
waters of civilization, albeit the most limpid streams of social
and judicial reforms were turned" into the trough before him if the

* Verily he is the Mufti of the Egyptian dwellings in legal matters. And
there is no escape to the government from taking account of, etc. 2 those
who were before them of the Christians. » failed of the like of that.

* as if it were work unpremeditated, habitual. ^ sound of march.

• in spite of the want of their hearing within... except a little. ' if (when)
the matter necessitated. ^ the principle of opposition of punishment
by crucifixion. " get the mastery and prevent. ^^ go beyond that.
" made to flow.

98

Mufti condemned the act of drinking as impious'. Popes and
other ecclesiastical dignitaries^ have before now shown that they
cannot be dragooned ^^ into submission. Neither do Muftis fear
red-coated soldiers. Moreover, they fear the wrath of the European
press even less* than they fear redcoats.

Modern Egypt.

24. The Kadi.

I well remember the grand Kadi who was in office when I
first went to Egypt ^. His venerable face, long white beard, small
hands, dignified mien, and graceful robes rendered him a
striking figure. Such, I fancy, were the Pharisees who were
members of the Jewish Sanhedrim. His manners were perfect,
perhaps more so^ than his judgments.

His successor was a younger man with a fine intelligent face.
He arrived at Cairo with excellent intentions: he was going to
purify his court of false witnesses, and he was delighted when he
found that I was able to talk to him in Turkish, albeit very bad
Turkish ^ on the subject. I welcomed an ally and awaited the
result with interest. I had not long to wait. The Kadi soon
came to the conclusion that the Egjrptians were an uninteresting
race. As they appeared to like the corrupt system to which they
were accustomed^ why should he kick against the pricks^ in
trying to reform it ?

Modern Egypt.

1 decided to pronounce the drinking unlawful. 2 chiefs of the religions.
5 compelled. < as that they are less in fear of, etc. ^ jq Egypt

at my first coming to it. « more excellent, ^ upon the

littleness of my knowledge of it. 8 There gladdened me the existence of

my ally aild I tarried waiting until when there had passed a short time I
saw the Kadi he had been forced to confess that of which the cream is : — If
the Egyptians have become familiar with a venal, corrupt system and were
satisfied with it, then. » goads.

99

25. Sheikh Abdul-Khalik el-Saadat.

Sheikh Abdul-Khalik el-Saadat, a nephew of the last-named^
Sheikh, is the head of one^ of the oldest purely Egyptian
families in Egypt. Napoleon made great efforts to ingratiate
himself with^ one of this Sheikh's ancestors, who was at first
decorated with^ the Legion of Honour, and on this treatment
proving ineffectual to produce the required results, was bastina-
doed ^

The present Sheikh is a member of the Legislative Council.
He is ignorant of public affairs ^ but by reason of the respect in
which his family is held'', exerts, or at all events, might exert a
certain amount of influence ^ I used to see a good deal of him
at one time, but eventually, for reasons on whidi I need not
dwells I had^" to drop his aquaintance.

Modern Egypt.

26. Sheikh Mohammed Abdu. — L

The late Sheikh Mohammed Abdu was an "Alim" of a different,
and I should add^\ a very superior type to those of his brethren
whom I have so far described. He was one of the leading spirits ^^
of the Arabi movement. When I came to Egypt in 1883 he was
under a cloud ^l Good-natured Tewfik, acting under British
pressure, pardoned him^^, and made him a judge. He did his
work well and honestly ^^ Sheikh Mohammed Abdu was a man
of broad and enlightened views. He admitted the abuses

^ the preceding his mention. ^ q, family. ^ to make to incline

towards him. * then he gratified upon him first with the badge of. ^ until
when he saw this treatment did not bring the expected result, then he
returned and bastinadoed him. ^ questions ' respected. ^ then

verily is to him, or it was being possible that there should be to him, a
mighty influence. * which there is no need to mention. '^^ saw good.
^^ om. 12 leaders. ^^ angered upon. " the Khedive Tewfik

pardoned him, through what he was moulded upon of the generosities of the
characters and out of docility to the acting violently of the English upon
him in that. '^'^ and paid the fidelity its due.

7—2

100

which have sprung up under Oriental Governments. He
recognised the necessity of European assistance in the work
of reform. He did not helong to the same category as the
Europeanised Egyptian, whom he regarded as a bad copy of the
original \ He was anti-Khedival and anti-Pasha, not^ that he
would have objected to a certain degree of Pashadom^ if he could
have found* good Pashas, but in his experience he had met with
few Pashas who were good. In fact. Sheikh Mohammed Abdu was
a somewhat dreamy' and unpractical^ but, nevertheless, genuine
Egyptian patriot ; it were perhaps well for the cause of Egyptian
patriotism if there were more like him.'' But, regarded from
the point of view of possible^ politicians of the future, there
were some weak points in the armour^ of Mohammed Abdu, and
of those who follow his teaching^". Mr Stanley Lane-Poole
remarks that an upper class Moslem must be "a" fanatic or
a concealed ^^ infidel." This^^ dilemma, in a somewTiat different
form, has presented difficulties to^* those Christians who look to
the letter rather than to the spirit of Christ's teaching. It
presents far greater difficulties to strictly orthodox Moslems, who
look almost exclusively to^' the letter rather than to the spirit
of their faith. I suspect that my friend Mohammed Abdu, although
he would have resented the appellation being applied ^^ to him,
was in reality an Agnostic. His associates, although they
admitted his ability, were inclined to look askance at him as a
" filosouf " Now, in the eyes of the strictly orthodox, one who
studies philosophy or, in other words one who recognizes the
difference between the seventh and the twentieth centuries, is on
the high-road to perdition^''.

Modern Egypt.
' was saying that they made not good the imitation of European characters.
2 and I mean by that not. ' he would have shunned them and thwarted

them. * had stumbled upon. ^ moulded upon fancy. ^ seeing

opinions, not possible is the running upon them. ^ and (it were) of the
interest of Egyptian patriotism that the likes of him were many. ^ the

possibihty of their being taken as. ^ But if we look at the armour, i" teach
his doctrines. " one of two, a. ^^ i^ j^ig secret. ^^ And the

like of this. ^^ g^iff climbs in the path of. ^^ lavish entire care on.

^« if it should be applied. ^^ becoming to perdition without a doubt.

101

27. Mohammed Abdu. — 11.

Thie^ political importance of Mohammed Abdu's life^ lies in
the fact that he may be said to have been the founder of' a
school of thought in Egypt very similar to that established in
India by Syed Ahmed, the creator* of the Alighur college. The
avowed object of those who belong to this school is to justify the
ways of Islam to^ man, that is to say^, to Moslem man. They
are too much tainted with a spirit of heterodoxy to carry far along
with them the staunch conservative Moslem'^. On the other hand
they are often not sufficiently Europeanised to attract the
sympathy of the Egyptian mimic of European ways®. They are
inferior to the strictly orthodox^ Moslem in respect to their
Mohammedanism, and inferior to the ultra-Europeanised'"
Egyptian in respect to their" Europeanisation. Their task is,
therefore, one of great difficulty. But they deserve all the
encouragement and support which can be given to them^^ They
are the natural allies of the European reformer. Egjrptian
patriots— sua si bona norint — will find^' in the advancement of
the followers of Mohammed Abdu the best hope that they may
gradually carry out their programme of creating a truly
autonomous Egypt.

Modern Egypt.

28. Mohammed Abdu. — III.

In my annual reports I frequently spoke of^"* him in high terms,
and no one regretted his premature death more sincerely than

^ This and verily the. ^ om. ^ \^q founded. * establisher.

' in the eye of. ^ or rather. ^ But the violence of the doubting of
the strict Moslem regarding them and his suspecting them of straying from
the Faith prevent him from the travelling with them long. ^ yQ^ ggg them
generally other than Europeanised to a limit that they should attract to
them the Egyptian imitating European ways. ^ strict. '^^ going to

extremes. " his. ^^ ^^h which it is possible to supply them. i^ And
every Egyptian loving his home will see. ^^ lauded.

102

myself. At the same time, P must confess that I experienced a^
shock in reading some of the revelations^ in Mr Blunt's book.
Mr Blunt's views on Egyptian affairs* appear to have been
mainly based '^ on what he heard from Mohammed Abdu, whom
he calls {Secret History, etc. p. 7) a "great philosopher and
patriot." Notably I read with surprise and regret^ the following
statement of Mohammed Abdu's : " Sheykh Jemal ed Din pro-
posed to me, Mohammed Abdu, that Ismail should be assassinated
some day as he passed in his carriage daily over the Kasr-el-Nil
bridge, and I strongly approved ^ but it was only^ talk between
ourselves, and we lacked a person capable^" of taking the lead in
the affair." Without going into the ethics of Tyrannicide, it
will be sufficient to say that the civilised world generally is dis-
posed to look askance at patriots, and still more at philosophers,
who are prepared" to further their political aims by resorting to
assassination. Modern Egypt.

29. The late Sheikh Mohammed Beyram. — I.

I give yet one further sketch of a typical "Alim^^" Sheikh
Mohammed Beyram, who is now, alas! dead^^ was one of my
best" friends in Egypt. He was, moreover, one of the most
remarkable t3^es^^ with which I have met^^ in the course of my
Eastern experience^''. He looked like a thorough gentleman ^^.
I have rarely seen a more striking figure than that of this^^
grave Oriental, with his high intellectual forehead'^, refined

^ with mighty laudation, and I am the mightiest of men in sincere grief
over his death ; although I iu the time itself. ^ what befell me of.

3 new announcements. ^ questions. ^ built. ^ shock and grief.

' what comes by the tongue of. ^ approved his opinion and agreed with

him. » the affair was restricted upon. i" were not directed (by

God) to a person. '^ do not hesitate in the like of embarking in killing.

" I will speak now of a man, who was an Alim in all the meaning of the
word. ^^ who died, grieved upon. ^^ dearest. ^^ men. ^^ I have
been directed (by God) unto the being known to them. ^^ pi. ^^ om.

'" a person who turned my glance and my mind to him more than this.
* owner of the high forehead, pointing upon nobleness and sagacity.

103

features, melancholy eyes, dignified mien, exquisite^ manners,
and gracefuP costume, who would sit with me by the hour^ and
sing a dirge over the decadence of Islam. Moreover, Sheikh
Mohammed Beyram, not only looked a gentleman; he was one^.
In no country have I come across a man of more elevated and
refined feelings ^ or one whose opinions and actions were less
tainted with worldly self-interest^ than this Tunisian aristocrat.

Modern Egypt.

30. Sheikh Mohammed Beyram. — II.

Few things have given me a more unfavourable impression of
native Egyptian society than thaf the tine qualities of this
really eminent man — whose appearance and character were alike
remarkable, whose private life was irreproachable ^ whose religious
faith was founded on a rock, whose patriotism was enlightened,,
and whose public aims were noble ^ — should have been scarcely
recognized by^" the herd of Pashas, place-hunters '^ and greedy
Sheikhs, who were not worthy to unloose the latchet of his shoe.
When he went down to his grave, none but a few knew that a star,
which under happier auspices might perhaps have been of some
magnitude ^^, had fallen from the political firmament of Egypt, or

1 high. 2 beautiful, arranged. ^ pi^ 4 ^as not generous of

character (gentleman) in his appearance only, nay he was like that in truth.
^ man excelling in the loftiness and polish of his feelings. ^ less

connected with selfish worldly interests than he. ^ Verily the chief

of the things which were awakening my gloom and impressed in me an
evil impression of (from) the social Egyptian patriotic aspect — it is that.
8 and he was the man remarkable in his outward and in his characters, the
pure of page the clean of spirit in his private life. ^ and he was en-

lightened of insight in the correctness of his patriotism, upon honour and
skill in his public aims. ^^ a thing mentioned with. " lovers of

offices. 12 and if there had been decreed to it circumstances more

excellent {maic. sing.), it would indeed have been more in brilliance and
magnitude.

104

perhaps, it would be more correct to say\ of Islam. Pope's fine
lines well describe'^ my honoured friend:

Statesman, yet friend^ to truth, of soul sincere,

In action faithful, and in honour clear!

Who broke no promise, served^ no private'' end,

Who gained no title ^ and who lost no friend.

Modern Egypt.

31. Sheikh Mohammed Beyram. — III.

Mohammed Beyram was a devout Moslem. His faith was far
more earnest than that of Mohammed Abdu, and men of similar
type'. The subject which mainly interested him^ was how to bring
Islam and its ways into harmony with modern society ; in other
words how to ^ square the circle; and in discussing the sundry
and manifold branches of this subject with him, any tendency to
disparage the Mohammedan religion at once disappeared ^^ From
the point of view of the moralist, criticism cannot be directed
against" the fundamental principles of the faith, but only against
the abuses which have sprung up and which now obscure its primi-
tive simplicity. Mohammed Beyram, regarded ^^ not as a practical
politician, but as a believer in the faith of Islam, was, in fact, a
type of the best class of Moslem, a type which is, unfortunately,
of rare occurrence. He looked sadly over a world which appeared
to him to have gone mad^^ ; he saw all that was noble in the faith
which he revered stifled by parasitic growths^'* ; he noted that Islam
was tottering to its fall by reason of internal decay; he did not so
much fear^' the advance of needy disreputable^® Europe, for he knew

^ nay, I shall be truth speaking rather if I say ^ Qxe the best of that

which there is described by it. ^ loving. * sought. ^ selfish. ^ byname
or rank. ^ on his model. » the chief subject he was interested in.

" it (is) the planning a way to the reconciling between Islam and its customs
and between contemporary society ; and, by another expression, he wished
to. ^^ Then I was... forgetting any inclination to disparage. " there

is no path to the criticism of. ^2 ^nd if we look at Mohammed Beyram.

*' he saw it, the jinn had subdued over it. ^^ the intruder who grew up

and flourished around it. ^^ His chief fear was not from. ^^ mistress
of ill-fame.

105

that, though the Moslem might be robbed and cheated, there
was still a hope for Islam so long as its moral code and the
material benefits it conferred were only contrasted with the
practice and principles of adventurers who were the dregs of
European civilisation ; but he knew that the tap of the northern
drum, which ^ had been heard in the streets of Cairo and might
ere long he heard in those of Stamboul, brought more than the
dragoon and the rifleman in its wake^; his instinct taught him
that the institutions, which his forefathers had cherished, must in
time crumble to the dust^ when they were brought face to face
with " the lofty principles which were inscribed on the Englishman's
banner. He was not blind to these things^ and, albeit he still
clung tenaciously to the skirts of the Prophet of Arabia, he cried
out in the agony of his spirit^: *' Where shall wisdom be found?
and where is the place of understanding?" And the answer which
he gave to himself was that delivered by the patriarch Job when
the world was young^: "The fear of the Lord, that is wisdom;
and to depart from evil, that is understanding." On that common
ground^, the" Moslem of the Mohammed Beyram type^ could meet
the Christian, and discuss matters of common interest^'* without
stirring the fires " of religious strife. But when the discussion took
place, how melancholy ^^ was the result! The Moslem and the
Christian would agree as to the nature of the fungus ^^ which was
stifling all that was at one time healthy in the original growth ^^;
they would appreciate in like fashion the history of its extension ^^;
but, whilst the sympathetic Christian would point out with
courteous but inexorable logic that any particular remedy
proposed would be either inefficacious or would destroy not only
the fungus but at the same time the parent tree^^ the Moslem,

1 the echo of which. 2 knights and soldiers. ^ come to nothing.

■* there face them. " he saw there things with the eye of the keen-

sighted critic. ^ bitterness of soul. ^ Job in the ancient time.

8 So from this direction. ^ manner. ^^ discuss with him about the

common interests. ^^ (dust). ^^ saddening. ^^ redundant (things).

1* growing with healthy growing. ^^ the taking root of that disease.

^^ advertising with crushing proof that every treatment prescribed is either

106

too honest not to be convinced, however much the conviction
might cost him pain, could only utter a bitter wail over the doom
of the creed ^ which he loved, and over that of the baneful
system to which his creed has given birth. We may sympathise,
and, for my own part, I do very heartily^ sympathise, with the
Mohammed Beyrams of Islam, but let no practical politician think
that they have a plan capable of resuscitating a body, which is
not, indeed, dead, and which may yet linger on for centuries, but
which is nevertheless politically and morally moribund, and whose
gradual decay cannot be arrested by any modern palliatives how-
ever skilfully they may be applied I

Modern Egypt.

32. The Sheikhs of the Sufis.

The Sheikh Abd al-Baki al-Bekri, the first incumbent of
the office during my residence in Cairo was a small wizened
man with a pock-marked countenance ^ who when I paid
him my Ramazan visit, used to peer at me through a pair
of cunning'^ little eyes, in which fear and hatred of his
visitor seemed to be struggling for predominance^. I always
felt that when I left his house, he cursed me, my race, and
my religion, and 1 never entertained the least ill-will against
him for doing so. When he died, his brother, a much younger
man, succeeded him. It soon became apparent that a new Sheikh
al-Bekri had arisen. When the spiritual head of a variety of'
Moslem sects boasted of his acquaintance with Lord Salisbury
and Mr Gladstone ; when he quoted® Jean Jacques Rousseau to

other than sufficient for the curing or is inciting upon the killing of the redun-
dant herbs and the tree together. ^ confessing to the argument, convinced
by the proof out of reluctance from it, but he suffices himself with lament-
ing the doom of the Faith. 2 f^on^ ^ ^y j^eart. » and perhaps it will
remain living unto other ages, but it is in the state of death from the (two)
political and social respects, and there is no path to preventing its gradual
coming to nothing by a thing of the modern sedatives and soporifics,
however skilful the physician were. ^ qq hig face traces of smallpox.
' the fill of them cunning. ^ om. seemed. ' various. ^ the opinions of.

107

me on the Rights of Man in excellent French ; when he indulged
in platitudes^ on the blessings of parliamentary government; and
when he asked me to lend him a few books which might enable
him to understand^ the "philosophy of the French Revolution"
then I asked myself whether I was in a dreamt Was this Jin de
Steele Sheikh, this curious compound* of Mecca^ and the Paris
Boulevards^, the latest development of Islamism''? I should
add that the combination produced no results of any importance®.
The new Sheikh soon sank into political insignificance ^

Modern Egypt.

33. Mohammed el-Saadat.

I can best describe another *' Alim " by relating an anecdote
about him. Sheikh Mohammed el-Saadat, as his name signifies '",
was a Seyyid, a descendants^ of the Prophet. He was, moreover,
wealthy and influentiaP^ I happened to hear^^ at one time that he
was raving s" against the English. My experience had taught me
that political opinions in Egypt are not unfrequently connected
with^^ some personal grievance. I called on the Sheikh and asked
him how he thought matters were going on^^ Everything he said
was very bad. I encouraged him to talk^^ Then he burst out
into a long tirade about the desperate state ^^ of the country.
Could he, I asked, point out any particular abuse s^, for it was
difficult to deal with generalities^"? Certainly he could do so;
he had no water for a portion of his property, whereas he always

1 brought weak opinions. ^ ^hat he might seek to become acquainted

from them with. ^ in waking or in sleep. * uniting. ^ Mecca

from one direction. ^ from another direction. '^ last of what Islam

has brought forth in its progress. 8 between the civilisation of Islam

and the West brought no result possessed of importance. ^ there did

not remain for him political importance. ^^ as is known from his name.

" of the offspring. ^^ effectual of word. ^^ j^ reached me. ^* making
evil the speech. ^^ frequently built upon. ^^ his opinion on the

circumstances. ^' clear up. ^^ began to overflow on the evil of

the state. ^^ Would you please specify to me one (instance of) making evil?
^ in generalisation there is obscurity.

108

got water^ before the English came into the country. I inquired
into the^ matter. As I had expected, I found that the Sheikh's
statement was quite correct. He belonged to the privileged class.
Under the old^ regime he always got water, although his
neighbours often went without it^ Since the English engineers
had taken the irrigation of the country in hand, they had
recognized no privileges. All were treated alike ^ The Sheikh
had to wait his turn. Naturally enough, he did not like this
leveUing process ^ Fortunately, shortly after my interview
with him, the Sheikh's turn came. He, of course, attributed this
to the exercise of my influence on his behalf. I heard^
afterwards that his language at once changed^. He spoke in
terms of warm commendation of ^"^ the British administration.

Modern Egypt.

34. Autumn in Manchuria.

The weather conditions in the Mukden district during the
month of October approximate very closely to those which
prevail" round London at the same season ^^. There is, however,
but little fog during the nights, which are chilly, with heavy
dews^'. The days are bright and warm, and the air is generally
fresh and bracing^^. There may be a day's rain now and again,
but usually October is fine and dry. The harvest will all have
been gathered in, where not trampled down and destroyed, and
the country people will be threshing on their open, rolled earth
threshingfloors, treading out the corn with oxen, if any remain, or

* Then he acquainted me that some of his lands were forbidden from the
water, and formerly he was irrigating them constantly. ^ the reality of.
' preceding. * were forbidden from it. ' they had denied those

privileges to their owners and treated everybody with equality. ^ resented
from this work which equalised him with other than him. ^ Then he

reckoned that originating from my exertion in furthering his interest.
^ It reached me. » he changed his language. ^^ lavished praise on.

^' resembling much its condition. '2 month mentioned. ^^ the dew

falls with copiousness and violence. i* As for the day, the sky in it is not
cloudy, and the air is warm, invigorating, strengthening.

109

ponies, mules, and donkeys, who also drag round small stone or
wooden rollers. The few small proprietors who own no animals
beat out their corn with a rough flail. All winnowing and
cleaning is done by throwing the grain up into the air. North-
wards in the direction of Tieling, the conditions are practically
the same as at Mukden, but the nights are colder ^ Nearer Port
Arthur the climate is equally dry, but milder^, and there are
often dense fogs in the early morning from the sea.

The Times.

35. October in Manchuria.

The thick coarse grass on the hills has not died down as grass
does in England, but has hayed as it stands, retaining its
nutritive qualities I The finer grasses aff"ord splendid pasture
for the rough native ponies. The taller grass and scrub is in
many cases burned, either purposely or by accident. A small
spark and a gentle breeze wiU at this season often cause many
miles to be cleared^ in a short space of time. There are no
woods on any of the hills within the sphere of the present
operations ^ though there may be a small copse ^ here and there.
This does not apply to the region in which the Imperial Tombs
are situated.

The Times.

36. Winter in Manchuria.

Around Port Arthur the winter is less severe ^ the ground, at
Christmas, being frozen only^ to a depth of some 12 or 13 inches,

1 Then if the man go up towards the north in the neighbourhood of
Tieling, he finds the nights more violent of cold than what (they are) round
Mukden. ^ As for in the directions near Port Arthur, then the air in

them is dry together with the mildness. ^ ^g ^q the thick grasses which

clothe the hills, then they will be drying, preserving carefully upon their life
and nutritive qualities. ^ with a soft wind suffices, because it kindles in

them a terrible conflagration which gulps up a mighty expanse of kilo-
metres. 5 within the dwelling of the war. ^ a few bushes.
7 lighter of tread than it (is) in the other directions. » the ice only
descends into it.

110

whilst the stony, loose soil can be more easily worked with a
pickaxe. In southern Manchuria— that is, from Kai-yuen
southwards — little or no^ snow falls before Christmas, and should
any come^ it usually melts very quickly. The winter of 1894-95
was an exception, when the heavy firing was apparently re-
sponsible for immense falls of snow^, and the Japanese constructed
defences* with snow beaten with the spade and then cut into soft
blocks' which were piled up into low bullet-proof^ shelters. That
winter, with its heavy snow and the consequently damper cold,
was the worst within the memory of many natives'. If heavy
firing really has any thing to do with it^, it is quite possible that
there may be much snow again this winter. Otherwise terrible
dust storms will sweep over the country, which are often blinding
and make it impossible to see further than a few yards ^

The Times.

37. The Admiral.

Admiral J.^" is about 50 years of age, rather" tall and slender,
grey-haired, with mustaches and whiskers ^^ a ruddy complexion,
a pair of blue eyes and a high forehead. He is of German origin
as his name and his features imply^^, but nobody is more Russian
at heart than he, nobody is more bitter^* against Russia's foes or
critics, nobody is more willing to believe^' that Russia is superior
in every respect to all other countries. I remember that on my
way to the Far East I once wanted to send a telegram to my

1 scarcely. 2 qj.. a only that that has resulted in the two years

1894-5 and the snow fell continuously in great quantity, yntil the people
were in mighty bewilderment and were saying, that this is originating
from the vibration and trouble resulting from the strength of the explosions,
and it is a thing permissible. * forts. s pieces. ^ bullets do

not pierce them. ' most severe many natives remember. 8 xhen if

the snow is resulting from the cannonade. » violent winds make the

dust flow over the face of the country, which hinder the man from that he
should see a thing before hun. 10 The admiral the first letter from

whose name is J. " om. 12 beard. i3 indicate. i^ ^ore of hatred
^ more of belief.

Ill

parents from a small Siberian station at which our train had
stopped, but the post-master would not accept it on the ground
that only telegrams written in Russian characters could be
forwarded \ Of course I had to keep the telegram in my pocket,
and as I was speaking of this to a fellow-passenger, Admiral J.,
who was near and overheard me, joined in and said with some
impatience, "Do people in your country accept telegrams written
in Russian characters? No, certainly: but we in Russia do
accept those written in foreign languages; are we not more
civilized than you?" There was much to answer to this, but how
can you persuade a Russian that Russia is not, after all, the
first country in the world ^?

The Times.

38. Morocco and France.

The Sultan's authority scarcely exists outside^ the walls of the
towns. The southern tribes, although peaceful at present, are
ready to resist any attempts of the Sultan to reassert his
authority, and already the Government tax-collectors and such
unwelcome officials* have been driven out of the country. In
the north the mountain tribes, always ready to rob and pillage,
still threaten the caravan roads, and even the environs of Tangier.
The intentions of France ° are pacific, and in order to pursue a
pacific course^ the utmost tact and discretion will be required,
for it would take little to awaken'' the fanaticism of the tribes

^ but the official of the telegraph refused acceptance of a message other
than written in the Kussian language. ^ Then when I sat for the talk

with the officers I informed them of what fell from the postmaster, and
J. was near us. Then when he heard my speech he drew near me and
said. Do they send in your country telegrams in the Kussian language?
Then I said, No. He said, In that case do you not see that we are more than
you in civilisation, for we accept the messages in the other languages in the
larger stations. Then I did not wish to explain to him the difference between
the languages nor make clear to him the position of Kussia in the degree of
civilisation. ^ does not go beyond, * officials of the Sherifian tax

and other than they. ^ the French government. ^ take a pacific line.
^ stir up (the dust of).

112

and set the whole country in a blaze \ However French diplomacy
has adopted the one possible course — to attempt to strengthen
the Sultan's position so that in the gradual restoration of law
and order the influence of France will appear as little as possible^

The Times.

39. Britain and Germany.

Prince Billow's speech was answered by a most able and
trenchant' speech from Herr Bebel, the leader of the Social
Democrats ^ Prince Billow's complaints regarding the state of
British public opinion towards Germany were met by Herr Bebel
with a reference to^ the long series of those speeches of the
Emperor which could not have failed^ to excite attention and
earnest surmise^ in England. We venture to say that those who
are endeavouring to bring about^ a better understanding with
Germany should not confine^ their operations to working with
Ambassadors and the members of the ruling class. They will, we
are convinced, find a much more fruitful soil for friendship to
spring up in among those who are represented by Herr Bebel.

40. East and West.

One of the obstacles which lie in the path of the European
when he wants to arrive at^° the true opinion of the Oriental i&
that the European, especially if he be an official, is almost always
in a hurry. If, he thinks, the Oriental has any thing to say to
me, why does he not say it and go away ? I am quite prepared to-

1 and you would not delay that you would find the insurrection had
become general. * However the French government has made sure that

this is the straightest course and most level road, then it has made its one
concern the strengthening of the position of the Sultan, until in the gradual
restoration of the codes and popular systems the influence of France in them
should be veiled as much as possible by the personality and government of
the Sultan. ^ cutting. ■* popular. ' a regarding of. ^ no escape
to them. 7 Qare. ^ come with. » restrict. ^^ get information upon.

113

listen most attentively, but my time is valuable and I have a
quantity of other business to do; I must, therefore, really ask
him to come to the point ^ at once. This frame ^ of mind is quite
fatal if one wishes to arrive at the truth. In order to attain
this object the Oriental must be allowed to tell his story and put
forward^ his ideas in his own way; and his own way is generally
a lengthy, circuitous^ and very involved^ way. But if any one
has the patience to listen, he will sometimes be amply rewarded^
for his pains.

Modern Egypt.

1 arrive at the subject. 2 condition. ^ express. * craoked.
^ difficult. ^ rewarded with a mighty reward.

w.

GLOSSARY.

In addition to the usual abbreviations, c. d. a. = governing two accusatives:
elat. = elative : om. = omit word in translating : 'pc. = active participle : a, i, Ur
denote the vowel of the imperfect : 2, 3, 4, etc. indicate the derived stems.

Abased, to be Ji i to abase 4

Ul Hi ^ ^

Abasement aJ> state of a. 5Jj^

Al- Abbas ^LaJt

Abbasid ^^^

Abd al-Aziz JjJjOI Jup

Abd al-Baki ^9U\

Abdul Hamid jlj.©^'
Abdicate JjJ 6
Abdul Khalik JJUiJI
Abdal-Malik .sJLUJt j^
Abd al-Rahman (J..»»-jJt
Abdu dju£
Abide ]l-o 10
Abiding - remaining
Able jaIo

Able, to be c^ 10 to be a. to
be done, pass.

Ablution »^^

Abode = shelter

Abolish = render vain

0 ^

About (concerning) ^, ,j^
(nearly) ^a»J

About to, to be yja

Above J^

Abraham = 'Ibrahima (gen.)

Abrogate ^.^ a

Absence juij inf. 8
^Absent, to be >^f^ i inf.

Absolute J^-o^ pc. j-to pc. 3

Absolutely J'^U-'^I ^ *?

Abstain >Ji^ 10

Abstinence jjbj

Absurd JU*-«
^Absurd, to be J>»- 10 ab-
surdity, pc. fern.

Abu'l Darda ^t^^^t y)\

Abundant jj^Jfi-

Abu Nuwas ^\y y)\

/Abuse py^ inf. 4 SpL^o
pi. reg.

8—2

V

116

Abu Sufyan ^Law ^jt
Abyss ^j3
Abyssinian ^..t^.^
^Accept J^ a
Acceptance J^^ (Divine)

«/ Access rt.L..»^
Accession — sit, inf.
Accident, by Uuk : ace. (opp. of
^ substance) ^j^ pi. i^lj.ftl
Accompany, to »^^a>.^ a
Accomplish J..©^ 10
Accord Jji^ inf. 6
Accordingly = for that
According to ^Jlt

Ml

Account of, to take js- 8 : on
a. of J

Accountant ^.,,..*».». pc. 8

Accuracy a5>

Accustomed to, to become ^>^i 4

Achieve, to j^a^ u and 4

Achieving ^-^

Acknowledge v>fri 4 '^i'^-'t^

Acquaint (inform), to jvn* 4
seek to become acquainted
with 10 jlA.v «Ut!T^ «,

Acquaintance = knowing with a
personal knowledge

y.

Acquainted with, to be* s^jS- i,
\^\ a to be a. with each
other 8

Acquire, to ^J«J a to a. for self

Acre bCft

Act, action J-o^, Ja5 pi. JU^t
'Act deliberately C-^o 5 a. slowly
^ t 5 a. unfaithfully, to Jx u
Acuteness 4JlLi
Ad ^U
Adam = 'Adamu

(Add, I should) J^l ^\ ^,
or omit

/^.ddicted, to be ^sJLoA 7 -»-

Address, to .•,.Ja». 3

Adequate share ^^t^*

Adil J^U

Adjacent to, to be ^Jj i

Adjoin ^L) (^JC?) u fr^ *^^

Administration 5^1^ I

Administrative ^^jt^l

Admirable jk.e^ pc. pass.

Admiral J\j^\
•^ Admit (not deny) w^ ^^JU 2
"^Adorn, to J-o*- 4 iJl»- 2

Advance ^Jta^J

117

Advance, to Uia-J : (of time)

j»j3 6 : tr. 4 c. d. a.
Advancement jbj3 inf. 2 or 4,
intr. 5
ftf^ Advantage SjuU pi. jJlji
Adventurer ^lit

•Adversity iJu pi. reg. to smite
with a. w-«iCi It

Advertise, to ,jJLft 4, advertise-
ment, inf.

Advice 6j^^

Advocate, to j^ 4

Affair j-ol, J*-o^ pi. j^t

Affinity s-a3J inf. 5

Affluence 4.0^ "^
v^fraid, to be J^3 a

After (time) j^ (place) eSj^

Afterwards j^, ^

Again ^

Against ^, ^

Agej-o^: (period)^;-tfippl. jj-ot

Agency a31^j

Agent J^3, J-c^ pc. J*3 pc.

to make a. ^J^^ 2
Agha Ul pi. 013^1
Agitate jUS 4

Agitated, to be J.iJl5 2 91,^ 5 ^
Agnostic j^j^t*^

Ago jui, Jli: (long ago)

Agree j^j 8 U93 6 (with) Jlij 3

inf. <3^J agreement, inf. 8
Agriculture i^ljj agricultural

Ahmad j^.^a^\
^Aid jjl 3
Aim jL>tf\Ao
Aim, to jLcJ» i
Air pt^
Aiyubi j^^t
Al-Akhdar j^ixdJ^S
Al-Ala ,^t
Albeit O^J' O^ ^J
Albert OjJl
Alexander ^jjSLt*^\
Algerian 4^j.5lJj»Jt

Alien jr*^'

Aligari djSLXt

Alight JjJ i inf. J^jJ

Alightingplace jjj-i^

Alim ^U

Alive j-». to keep a. 2

All ,J.^ : (not) at all = a thing :

all of

/"■Jl'O'"?

it is all one to

L5^ pl^

118

Allah aJUI

Allegiance to, to swear «-o 3

Alliance, j^»>3 inf. 8

^ ft 0

Allow, to ^31 a inf. ^ij to ask

to be allowed 10
AJlusion j«cj in a. to, ace.

Ally yjul^, j^-tfU pi. ftliXa-

^/ Almanac jd_^ inf. 2

Almost ^3^ a

Alms d5ju«

Alms, to give Jju© 5

Along with »^

Already jJ

Also Leut
^ Alter (document), to t^j.». 2

Although ^\j, ^1 j^, ^1 ^
/Altogether aJl^a

Always lo5li

Ambassador j->iw pi. pIjAw
' .Amend Uj i^j) 9

American ^^^j«w«t

Among ^J^

e

Amongst jjs^

Amount jljJU, jjJ a certain

a. = a thing
Amount to = attain
Amr ^y^
Amram = 'Imrana (gen.)

Anak ^^is.

Hi

Analyse J^a. 2

Ancestry, Ancestor w-ftJL> pi.

Anchor, to Uj (>-»;) 4

Ancient ^^ j3 pi. pUjJ ancient-
ly, ace. s.

Ancientness >ej^

Anecdote ajUC^-

Angel J'iU

^^ Anger w>«„^p

Anglophobe = hostile to England

Angry, to be w*..*gxc a to be

angered, impers. pass, to make

a. 4

Animal \^\^*j^ (domestic) ^A^*^
^Animate ^^ 4 >>^Ji.v'Mu

Annihilate j-o> 2
Announce ^U5 2
Announcement ^Li
"- Annoyed, to be jjj»«o a inf. jru h
Annual \^^i^
Another — other : one another

Answer v'>*?-

Answer w>5». 4 and 10 a. favour-
ably 4

Ant dj3

119

Antar 5jj^

Anti- = enemy of

Anticipate JJiw i

^Antidote JLjji

'ft

Antiques A5CJ3t

Anusharwan = 'Anusharwanu
^Anxious JUw pc. 4
Anxiousness aaaJIj
Any ^^1 , y^ or om.
Apartment y^
Apostle J>w; pi. ^j
Apparel wJ»^

Appear, become apparent-^ipfef^fr
j^ a inf. j^^is, 9-^ u to
make to a. j^ 4 ^ju 4

Appearance jJxU

Appellation a^

Appetite, to have an ^^ 8

Apply (epithet) to ^^1 ^,,-wJ

Appoint j»^ 4

Appreciate i)ji 4

-/Approach 0^ (>5>) ^* with ^^
to make to a. 4

Appropriation ju inf. 10

Approve ^>.».». 10, approval, inf.

April Jjjjt

-Apron JUu

Arab (nomadic) j^jtj^^i coll.

Arabi ^^^j^

Arabic ,^lj^

Arabs w^j^ (of desert) oWj^

Arbitrator ^^5C». pass. pc. 2

Arch jJifi. pi. >^i^

Area du^j pi. wjW;

Arena ^Iju^

Argue with, to ?»-^ 3 to a. with
one another 6

Argument
Arise ji^ u
Aristocrat sJujJSj
Aristotle jj-»Jlblttw;t
Armenian j^y^jt
Armour

Arms o-"^

Pl- ui^«-

Army jSL^,

0 J

Ju». pi

Around Jl^*« dual
*^Arouse ^j^ 2 91,^ 2 <>^

Al-Arqam ^j*^\
Arrange ^^j 2
Arrangement ,jju inf. 4
Arrears, to be in, ji».l 5
Arrest j,/tfu5 with ^JU (atten-
tion) *^3 10

120

Arrive J>^^ i inf. J><©3
Arrow ^.^^ pl.^lyw
Arsuf O^jl
Art 4ijjuc pi. OjU-o
Article ai[suo pi. reg.
y Articulate Jj«j i
As Uo^ as for, as to Ut as if

^^l£» it is (was) as if loJl£>
as yet = until now

Al-As j^bUI

Ascalon jj^U-^t

Ascend *^ (^^) "^ (gradually)

^Jj a ascent, pass. pc. 8

vl J

Ascetic JLJ pc, pi. ^UJ

Ashamed, to be ^-». 10

^f ^
Ask JU a c. d. a.

Askance, to look at tjj^ ^^j u

Aspect aS^ (side) 5^a.j
Aspiration ^.JLkc, c^^, jLcid

Ass jU». pi. j.^*.
"^Assail ^.^.^ i
Assassinate inf. wJ *£JUi
Assault ^o<^^

Assemblage jjj pc, pi. 5jjul
Assemble i4»- a intr. 8

Assert ^^ w jut 2

"Assign (a date) fJ^Ji 2
Assist jutw 3 ^3^ 4 one another
6 : to ask for assistance 10 :
Assistance, inf.
Associate jJis. pc. 3 ixlU. pc. 3
Association 36j[jLo pi. reg.
Assure

Astronomer fJJ3
At j^, ,^, J, ^
Attack (renewed) Sj^
Attack, to j^^JU j4»- ^
Attain to iJLj 2* inf. c^ to

make to a, 4
Attainment iJL*
Attempt w>>^ inf. 2
Attend ^^ i to a. to ^ ^Js- 8
Attention 4^ inf. 8
Attract w^Jkcb. i
Attribute aao pi. reg.
Attribute, to y^^^J i w
Auf o^
August ,^..k..xt
Auspicious ,j-oj pc. pass.
Austria Ujjlw^t

0 ^ 0 J

Authority S^Jsuo, ^H •

Autonomous = always indepen-
dent

121

Autumn \^j^
Avail j^ ^-i^ 4
/Available aaJ pc.-«: /»A«r^*^^-
Average ixwj pc. 5
Await ^Jt jiaJ 8
Awake, tr. IsuL 4 intr. 5
Awaken ^JLp w-ju
Azhar Mosque, the jA;*^! «««laJ)
Azm-Zadeh otj^^ia^

Babylon = Babilu

0 ^ J J

Back jiyJi pi. j^^
Back, to Jul 2
Bad t.\^^^
Al-Badai' aSljuJt
Badge jX^^
Bagdad ^Sjju
^ Balance jjjj 3
Ball lj=>\^\.^\

3 0^

Bamboo obj"**"
Bane iit
Baneful ^^>l pc. 4

0 J

Bank ,*Lu (of river) S^j^
Banner AjIj
Barbarous ^jJjJ
Barber J*^
vBare, to ^je^ u
Barley

Barmak >i)Lcjj
Barzakh = Barzakhwn
'Basin C.».»»l>
Basis SjlpU
Basmalah rfJL^^u
Al-Basrah Sj-cujl
Bastinado jJL».
Bath ^eU*-
Battling Jlj^

Be O^^ '^ §®^' ^^^^•
Beans ^J^

Bear (child) jjj i (carry) J^o^ 8

Beard ^La»J

Beast A<^^ beasts of burden

X »• ^ . "'
Beat w>;»o i iji u

0 ^

Beating w>j-o beating-place

vBeat out (with flail)

Beautiful J^.p^.

Beautify ^,>**.». 2

Beauty jj>-.»-

Because i^*^

Become j^^ i ?— ^<« 4

- jj
Bed tHt^ pi. u^ji

Bedawi ^^Jo coll. ^ju (Be-
douins)

122

Befall ft5^ a Ij^ (^j^) u to think
a thing will befall aS^ 5

-J Befit w> jJ^ "^
Before (time) J^, J-5 0-*
(place) ^Ul, ^Ij3 before his

0 J

eyes a^^^ s^f,^^>atj

Beggar Jlw pc.

p p ^ ^ ^

Begin t ju a J^\ u Ja»> (^

Beginning lju,« to make a b.

tju 8 at the first b. *ju \^>\J

V Behave ^

Behaviour

Behind pIjj,

Behold! tit

Behove j^yu 7

Bekri i< Ju

V ' ' '

^ Belie j^a.^ a

Belief jJU inf. 8 : = faith

Believe ^^t 4 believer, pc.

Belly ^>lx|, ui^a. pi. o>^

Belong = be (to a school) ^^ 8

Belongings cLU

Below ,j^^

Beneath c^a*J, sr^a>" ^^

Beneficent j^^ pc. 4

Benefit Sj^Sli, ixa-u, j-j».

Benefit, to jui 4 aii a pass. 8

Bequeath wjJLxfc. 2

Bereaved (mother) ^^^Sj

Bereavement JJu
^Bereft jJls pc. pass.
^Beseech U^ (>^3) ^

Besides (^>-»

Besiege j„rfif». 3

Best ^^^y**^ elat. J«cid elat. j-j
at best = at most
-i Bestir oneself aJi 8

Bestow J^ 2 ,j-o u

Betake oneself ^<«-«» a

Better j^

Between ^j^

Beware, see Ware

Bewildered, to be JLJ^^ a to
bewilder 2 bewilderment,
inf. 7

Bewitch j^^w a

Bev ^

Beyond, to go ^js- 5

Beyram ^^-o
v/Bias ^U^U

Billiard table ^>jUJi\ AJjUs

Bind Ju5 2 (firmly) ji w

Biography Sj-w pi. j-w

* ' . . i a i

Birds j-jL little bird j^i..^^
Birth ^'^^ to give b. jj^ 4

/

123

t

Bishop
Bitter j-o b. herbs j^j^a
Bitterness Sjtj^
Black ^y^ elat. to become b. 9
to turn b.^> 11

Black, blackness ^\y^

Blame ^3 , ji^

Blame, to ^3 uj»^ u a blaming

Blaze A.U^

Bless, to J^ 2 (j^) Jjj 3 to
win a blessing, to become
blessed 5 to bless with (God)

Blessing dLisj.j, ajJ-« pi. bjj^
Blind (of window) SjUw

Blind j-^ elat. pi. oWo^ •
^-i* elat. fern. tS^Ls-

Block, to ju^ u

Blood ji^ pi. pU^
/ Blood-wit 4ji
V Bloom O^J

Blot out U*^ (>»-«) ^ '

Blow 4jj^

Blow, to «^ w inf. ^a5 (wind)

Blue Jjj elat.
'' Boast yii^

Boast, to jjLJ 3 b. oneself 8
Body Ju^ofc., ^o--»- pl- O^**-^'
(dead) 4J^ (of people) j>v-o^
^Bold p^JJ^i^ to become bold 10
Bombay j^U«^
Bond ju3 pi. ^y^
Book w^U^ pi. w-J!:^^

Ml

Bored, to be ^J^ a
Boredom JJU
Bosnia iw^t
Both = dual: ^)L^
Boulevards OtjUJ^
Bound (limit) jc». pi. ^^jca.
"^Bound (in bonds) juS pc. pass. 2
Bountiful, to be ^3». u
Bounty i^cf
Bow ^^
Bow, to sL^j a a bow dLst^sj

Bowl iwlt
J 0 J
Box oi^ju-o

Boy J!^^

Brain cUi

Branch cji pi. c^ji

Brand, to^.^-'^ i

Bravo dj

VBrawl 5j.efc.l m..«
0 J
Bread L^^

124

Breadth ^j^

Break j.,,,^

Break, to j-.^ i intr. 7 (pro-
mise) otU. 4 (oath, covenant)
j^^;tfuu u w^ «* (wing) ».;<fc»
pass, break out jj^J 7

Breaking (promise) s»aJ^

0 ^

Breast j Jlo pi. j^ J^-«
^Bribery Syij J>*5
Brick ojLi
Bride ^$j^

0 J

Bridge j-«»- pi. j>»*^ (the
Kasr-el-Nil) j^jl4
^ Brigadier j^^ pc. 4
^ Bright jjbb

^ Brilliance j^^j , ^IfcoJ
Bring = come with : ^-51 4 c. d.a.
bring forth -kJo 4 b. together
\^\ 2 b. upon jJAj 4
Brisk, to be -.jj 8

^ Bristle jjtlS 4
British ^Jltujj Britain fem.
Broad jtw^ pc. 5
Brother -;.l, JJLi, pi. o'^l
Bucket ^3 to lower a b. 4

(most) wJU

<Bulk^

• Bulky ^«,sL^

Bull j^

Bullet iolo;
^Bundle i^jja^

Burden J*©*.

Burden, to i^t u
/Burn Jj.*. 4 to b. up 2
Burrow

/Burst into flame -j-t 5
Bury ,ji> u b. alive ^Ij ^
Bushel ^J-Xo

Business O^) J^*-* P^- O^i

Busy oneself J>iw 8
But o^'N), 0^3, ^^l
'Butt ^ ix) a
Al-Buwair jj^I
Buy ^jJ:, 8 buyer, pc.
Buzurjumihr — Buzurjumihru
By w> (oath) 3
Byname

Build

L5^

Building pUj pi. iLwjt

^ ^Bypath i^jjj

Caesarea ijjL^S
Cafe S^ pi. ^l^
Cairo 5jAU3t

"wy

125

Calamity <L^.<a<o pi. ^^ajLclo
Caliphate 4i'^JLfc

Call pUi

Call, call upon, to U^ (3^^) ^

pc. pi. SUi c. on (visit) jjjj ?*

c. to jjJ 3

Camel j4^ pl- JU^ she-camel
4iU pl. J0I herd of camels

j^ pl.^laul to take c. ^y^^ a

Campaign jUC^

Candidate, to make one a -^^j 2

candidate, pc. pass. Candi-
dature, inf.
Cannon %iju«

Cannonade = voice of the can-
nons
Canon Oiy^
Capable, to be jj3 i

O.J

Capacity ivw^ to have c. for
Capital (city) 4.0.0U (money)

Caravan iJLili, SjUw

Cards = gambling

Care ^U» (anxiety) ^o*j ^Ua,

Care, to ^Jb 3 inf. d'N)U«
Carpet ^ji i inf. ^^ji

Carriage 4jj^ pl. reg.

^ ' ' . . * '

Carry J«^i»- "i inf. ^.o^- c. off

8 c. away ^^i^ 2 to be carried
through jJu u to c. out 4

Cart = carriage

Case ^^l». in that c. jj3! with
subj. ^i> it

Casing vJ*^

Cast j^ 4 '

Castle j-rfi5

Category i\j^

Catholic ^£J^l£9

Cause »^%..>rf pl. w^Uwt

Cause, to v's».^ 4

Cave SjIac pl. reg.

Cease (with neg.) JjJ a «-jj a
^Ss a make to c. ^J 4

Cell Aj^lj

Cellar j%^

Censure ^!3 a

Centimetre jl^o-Ziw

Century ^ji pl. 03J^^r^^

Ceremony ^JiLX£s> inf. 2

Certain, to be ^^>ij 4 and 10 a
certain (time) ^>-^«.« for cer-
tain Lua^

0^

Certainly „^^j (J^ju

kJ 0 J Hi

Chair j^j^ pl. ^^^j^, uf^j^

126

Chalice et^^

Chamber Sjj>>».

Chamberlain u*''^*

Change Udj^

Change (alter) j^ 2 to change

nature of viXil i
Chapter (of Koran) oj^ (of

book) w^lj
Character (JJL^ pi. j3'^^'
Charge AjL^j
Charge (order), to ^^3 2 and 4

to take charge of ^J^ 5
Charity (alms) Sl^j
Charming JJ5U>
Chase o-Ji*^
Chaste (language) aJb
Chastise Juki 3
Cheat pj^ a

V Cheer •-o i inf. »,a^,o
Cherish JJJlft 5
[Chick-peas j,,^*.**. ")

'^ Chide ^j*-j w to be chid away 7,
to be chid 8 pass.

Chief ^^r^j pi. plwjj, j->«^ adj.
^i.hf elat.

Child, children jj^ pi. o'*^Jj
Chilly = cold

Chinaman, Chinese ^.i-j-d coll.

Choke (a well)^^ u
Choose j-j*. 8 to let c. 2
Christ ^.■.■»^Jt
Christian ..■fc ;.■..,<
Christians j^jUcJ
Christmas ^'^iL^l ju^
Church ^„»M,'>£n pi. ^U£»
Circassian ^-**^j-w, -..m^jj^.
Circle spi>

Circumambulate «i^^ tt
Circumstance Jl^., wij-b pi.

Cistern d^j^

City iojto pi. o^tjLo, OJ^
Civil ,^^
Civilization 4>Jjlo
Civilized ^jjco pc. 5
Claim, to ^y 8
Jcian hlj
Clap (hands) JU-o 2
Class dk^
'Classify Ulj^ 2
Clay o^
Clean ^.^Js pc.

"^ Clean, to be
cleanse 2

to clean,

127

Clear Ch^, O^ V^- ^ Jir^ P^-
to make clear, ^j^ 2 to clear

up

C^

Clearing up of ^^ O^
J Cleave to j^ji a

Clement ^»JU- pi. pUJ^

Cleverness Sjly-o

Cling jy^ 5

Close ^^

Clothe Uj& (j-^) «*

Clothes ^^j-^

Cloud ^.^ pi. ^^A^

Cloudy ^.^ pc. 5

Clover j^ir»y-^

Coal^#a»J
V Coarse (grass) ^^j^*^

Coat = robe

Cock ^i

Code Oiy^j J^^-*
Coffin O^jU
Cold S^jjJ, ^>J
Cold, adj. j>;lj
/ Collect J.1*. u, i (debt) J-o^ 2
College aJL£»

Colonization j,^ inf. 10

* ^ ^
Colonize j^ u

Colour jjy pi. jjl^l

^Column ioU^ pi. reg.
Combat, to j^ 3 inf. SlS"^
Combination ^f-^of.

Come, come to L». ^, ^-51 i inf.
r -^ ^ come across one v^j
^JLft i come back p^ r^ cause
to c. b. 2 come in, on (arrive)
^y^i 4 come one behind other
jJ^ 6 come out 9^}^ u come
over JIaj a come up jju^ i*
come upon L». i

Comfort 4^tj

Comfort, to ^^j^ 2 comforter,
pc.

Comfortable, to be ^UoJ» 4

Command j^\ u inf. j-ot

Commandant JJjji

Commander j^t pi. ptj-«l

p
Commence Iju a

^Commit crime ^»;a. 4
Committee of Union and Pro-
gress j^j.^ij ^V*^*^! A^JLpXfci

Common ^^ pc. ilj.w pc. 8 in c.

A^l.^*. c. prayer = prayer in c.
Commonalty j^ pc. fem.
Commune, community ^^olw

(religious) ^U^
Commune, to U»J (.^»^) ^

3

Communion dU.U«

128

Companion ^,.<s».U0 pi. w>la>«ot
to take as c, 10 the Com-
panions (of Mohammad)

Company = commune
Compartment A3ji> pi. '^ji-
Compassion d^sdi with ^As,

Compassionate \^j-^^j (O^-**!^)
Compel 6j^ 4
Compensation SjU^
Complain (of) Ulw (>Jw) u

Complaint t^^^ to make c.
*Xw 8

Completed, to be ^ ^

Completely ^l^b, UUJ

Complexion ^j^

Composed of, to be \^\ 5 com-
position, inf. 2

Comprehend ^^ a

Comprise J^ u

Compulsion j^^ inf. 4, com-
pulsory (^jL».1

Compulsive ^j^j^

Comrade ^J^j

Concealed, to be J-a^ a to
conceal 4 (keep secret)^^Z^ u
inf. oUi&

Concern, his one
(idol of his eyes)

Concern, to ^Js- i

Concerning ^^, ^-i

Conciliate ^ihe. 10 to be con-
ciliated 7

Condition Jl». pi. Jl^^.!
Conduct \^j^ inf. 5
Confer (give) Jj^ 4 (discuss)
j^3 3

Hi

Confess w? <^ji^ 8 ji 4 to force
to c. 2 (doctrine) w> J^i w

Confidence 4i^

Confirm oZ^ 4

Conflagration = Burning

Conform ^^^ 3

Confound C-^ a

Confuse ,^J-^ *

Congratulation «-ji pi. «-tjit

Congregate J..1&. u

Congregation j.>;a«

Congress Ji,*! pc. pass. 8

Connect JUlt 2 be connected 5

Conquer w-Jlft ^ inf. dJL^

Conqueror -J3 pc.

Consciousness jJlch.

Consecutive a-J pc. 6

Consequently = on account of
that

Consider jS^ 2

Considerable = large
^ Consideration AJ^^rt^ko
V Conspire ^a»J 6

0^ 0 J

Constantine ^^K.ix...5
Constantinople iiUwNt
Constantly = always
Constitute ^^5 4

0 J

Constitution jy^i

Construct = build

Construction = originating :
(founding) ZjK.^
V Consult j^tt 3
^' Contain ,j-o-o 5
'/ Contemn y^jj 8

Contemporary = modem

Content c^

Content, to be lUd a to c. 4

Contention ctjj

Continuance tMj

Continue ,J.Jp «

Contract jJls-

Contradict oLIU. 3

Contrary, on the ^jJl^Kj

Contrast ^jojfi- 3 : in contrast

Contribute ^^^t 2 and 4

Control ^Sj^
w.

129

to

onvince «-L5 4 : pass. 8 : con-
viction, inf. 8

Convoke jJl^ i
Convulse JjJj convulsion, inf.
Cook ^li
Cool, to be ji a
Coolie = labourer
Cooperate = work with
Copious j3^ pc. J«A». pc.
^/Copiousness Sjlj^
Copy (imitate) wJ ^j3 8
Coreish = Quraishitn

0 J

Corner yJJ^j
Correct w)'>*^) ^t^^-^
Correct, to be ^^
Correctness

Correspondence i)L»tj«« pi. reg.
Correspondent ^<J^ pc. 3
/Correspond to ^'n) 3
Corrupt ju^ pc, to c. 4 cor-
ruptible 10 pass. pc.

Corruption ^LJ
Costume ^J|j
Couch jjj^ pi. Sj^\
Counsel

Counsel, to ^^ a

Counsellors

4j^9

130

Count ^>.u^ 1 to c. up 8
Counting w>L..».

Country y^ pi., pi. O'J^ ^■•

district obj pi. «^tjj!

Courage il^U^^

-^ Course (of action) ^Uau^
•J
Course of, in the cUjI ^^

Court d^yC».

Courtyard it 15

Covenant j^ to make a c.

with 3

Cover eUa^

Cover, to ^^^^ a j^^J*^ 2 : to c.

over ^^jj 3
Covering Alsi
Covet «-o^ a inf. «-o-^
Cow Syu
'^ Cower ^^i».
Cradle j^^^

Craft, to use jSic u crafty, pc.
Creak, to make to \^ya 2
Cream a-o^1L».
Create t>W u j^^ 4
Creation JU*.
Creator ^Jaii pc. JU*> pc.
Creatures ^^^
Creed aJU pi. JJU

"^

Creep (into) w>^ 5
Crime ^U».
Criminal jiya^ pc. 4

^ 0 J

Cripple jatA4

Critic jJu pc. Criticism, inf. 8,

critical ^^^Uol
Crooked -j.^^ elat.
Crop iXs. pi. JtjlL^
Cross w^sJLtf

Cross, to be^jj 5 cross, pc.
/ Cross, to j^ u inf. j^
Crow w^lj.^
Crown, ^Ij
Crown, to ^-^j 2

Crucify wJLoi Crucifixion^^
Cruiser ^Iji ^<^'.r . , «^

^Crush (argument) «-o> to c. flat
^-2

Cry out 9-.;^^ i to c. o. one after
another 6

Crystalline j^j>JL>

Cucumber tlis

Cultivate j^ u

0 J

Cultivation 0'j-»*
Culture p^*^
Cunning pU>
Cupola 4mj5

131

Cure ^ i inf. »Uitr

Dead v:u,^^ d. person CUjmo

Curse AiaO

Deaf ^0^ elat.

Curse, to jjjJ a to invoke curses

Deafen ^ 4

mutually J^ 8

Deal, a good = much

Custom S^U pi. j^\^

Dear jjj^, ..,^,j^ (of price)

Customhouse ^j-^*., ^iJj-o^ adj.

^pc.

u%^

^ Dearness »%£■

0 ^

Cut «L5 a inf. «k5 be cut off

dearth jjj

7 : cut up (body) ^j^ 2

Death Cjyc, Slij, du;^ to put
to death 03^ 4 : manner of

Ml 0 ^

Daily ^^^, adv. ace.

death aZ^

Damascus JU-«^, ^1^1

adj.

Debar j,^ u

•'Debate with j^ 3 ^^^ '^^'i^CZ^

0 X

^li^

sDebt ^J^^

Damp ^^*U

Decadence i^^lw
-/Decay JL inf. 7 ^ inf. 6
vDeceit, to use J^*. 3
^Deceive cj^». a act deceitfully

■ Dancing ^_^j

Danger jia^

N Dare ^^^jJlc j-.^ w

with 3

4 Dark ^^J^ pc. 4

December j-j.«-»^
^Deception axjJl^

Darkness jb%i9

J Dart JJ pi. JLi

Decide sIUj h u ^ ^^ i

0 J 0 e.

VDash oneself ^jLo 8

Decision ^^C*. pi. j»\S^\ to ask

0

1 forad. 31310

* Decline to jj-o **U 8

Daughter C^ little daughter

David = Dawuda (gen.)

Decoration 0^^

0^ w£

Day ^^j pi. ^bl one, some

day

Decrease ^j\^aJu

U^ to-day ^^1

Decree pUJ ^

132

-^Decree, to ~» 4 h Vt 'i^i^

-^ Decrepitude

Defect ^^ pi. w>>*^ ^^ ^^y
the d. of upon s^^^ iz {UcL^j^^i^

Defective, to be or make ^joJu u

Defence cU>
'' Defend ^o^cifr ^ reflex. 8
J' Definite y^V
yDef raud ^^.>ai> .» a
''^ Degenerate Jsk». 7
-'Degree A<fcg3 to lead on by
degrees ^j^ 10

•^ Delay, to wJ a to d. much pAj
2 : to make d. 4 : to think de-
laying 10 : grant a d. LJ 4
Delight ^ess**

Delighted, he was = it gladdened
him
)eliver^afc^ 2 : (a letter) = make
to attain \

i.

\.

Deliverance

0 ^

5f

Delta UJ^
Demand wJL^ 5
Denier = dinarww
Dense wt.^.t£»

J a means of d.

-J Deny jjo 4
Depart jui^ 8

Dependence jl^ inf. 8

OS.

Dependency J^^ pi. JW^I
Dependent a*5 pc, pi. reg.
Depose Jj^^ i
-/Deposit with c^j 10

Deposition Jj^

Depth JI^

Deputation, to go, come on
J^^ i
^Deride ^ \jJb 10
^ Descent j j^». pass. pc. 7 : place
J of d. JsLjv^

Describe Ul^^ i Description,

0 ^

inf. c-a-cj

Desert jJ3 pi. jUJ to become d.

<»
ja5 4 juj i

Ml «<'

Desert, adj. ^j.j
"^Deserving jJJ^ pi. reg. more

d. of w> ^jl
Design, to juoift 5
Desirable, to be w<^»- 10 pass.
Desire 2uc.j object of d. 2u^j to

excite d. in ^-u 2 : to feel d.

for 5
Desire, to^^j u to d. eagerly

^^ w^j ^ to make to d.

eagerly 2
Desist Jji^ i ( Xix^ /i^A*. .< ]
Desolate, to be cA»-3 4

133

Despair, to ^^^^ a to be in d.

-J Despatch j^ inf. 2
>i Despise ,j^ 4 : 10 with w>
'' Despotic, to be ju 10 despotic,
pc. or ^^^Ijuwl

Destine, to jj3 m, i

Destroy = annihilate or = corrupt

Determine ic-ftS i
"^ Deviate iuj i
>/ Devoted to, to be ^k^ 6
""^ Devout cj^
*^Dew ^^jj

Dhat al Hajj ??-aJt Ot3

Dictate JLo 4

Die C^yc u: (of a Muslim) ^j
5, pass, he died a natural
death <iAJt wi^ OU
J Differ j^^ij 3

Difference Jji to make a d.

Different ^sd^ pc. 8
t^f Difficult ^»/i&, woto to be d.

pi. reg.

Difficulty AJ3

Dig CUawJ, jj

\ Dignified
Dilemma 5

Dine ^j>a 5

Direct, to (God) Jidj 2 : aa.^ 2
to d. oneself 8

Direction Ay»., ij^-O
^ Dirge SUj-i

Dirhem j^j^
V Disaffection 5j^

Disagree ^^JX^ 8

Disappointed, to be ^

>

Disapprove j>a*Jb 10

^Disaster 4*a.li ^-- l^*-^'^A

Disbelief jii>

Disbelieve ja£» w pc. pi. jIa^

>< Disclosed, to be lij (>*»*) ^ to
disclose 4

•^ Discontent j««3 inf. 5 V^ * ^o--

Discovery »„i.t.,^ inf. 8

Discretion JaA». inf. 5

Discuss with ^j^ 3 yt^^»^ 3
jLk> 3 -lK A^i*-r.

Discussion 2Li5U.«

Disease *b

Dish rtactfiS

Disinterested w*...^ pc. 8 dis-
interestedness, inf.

X X

Dislike o^ a

X X 0 X

Dislodge e-J^

\>

134

Dismiss, intr. ^jia^ 7 tr. inf.

Dismount J.». u
Disobey ^y^^ i
Disorder jJU., Jiii. inf. 8
Disparage ^Jl^ 10
Dispense ^J^t 4 to be able to
d. 10

Disperse, to ju 2 vi-o u to be
dispersed 7

Display w> yxJ^ 4

Displease <;^«.> u to be displeased

Disposed, to be : om.

Disposition 4aJL^

Dispute with Jjk<fc. 3 disputing

Disquiet *^J a

Dissect y}^ 2

Dissipate jju 2

Distance jui^, iil*.^ pi. reg.

Distant ju*j pi. reg. to be d.

Distinct 9-^^ pc.

Distinguish, to }^ 2 to be dis-
tinguished 8

Distressed, to be ^_^^ a inf.
yjayi distress oneself 8

Distribute cj^ 2, pass. 5

District ji^ pi jlla3t : 4^^ pi.

reg.
Disturbance Ji*^ inf. 2
Divan Ot^^
Dive i./^^^ u

Hi

Diver j^lUc pi. reg.
Divert ^ 4

Divest JJaft 2

" ' ' . ... *

Divide ^,0—5 i division ^,^-*J pi.

Divine ^^1
Divulge = disclose

Do Jjii a do well (J**.*. 4 do
generously >^». 4 to be done
with ^^jjt cji 'W, a

Docility ^^ inf. 7

Doctrine ^JU inf. 2

Doff c jj % «JL^ a

Dog wi^ pi. v*^

Doings J^lit

Dollar Jljj pi. O'^ljj

Dominant j^i^ pc.

Donkey jU*. pi. j-v^^.

Doom j*:*AA

Door w^b pi. w>'>^'

Double wiU-ot pi.

Double, to sjaua 3 to be doubled
6

135

Doubt v^j' ^J without a
doubt 4jU»^ ^), v-oj OJ**^

Doubt, to w-jj i to cause d. 4

Doubting a^ inf. 8

Dowry j^ pi. j^^

Drag w^Ju^ i jj^ «*

Draught = drink

Draw near O3 (^>) u

Dread j^^.i»a- a

Dream ^o-JU- pl.^o'^la-l

Dregs aJUi

Drink w>!j-^

Drink, to wJjJ^ a inf. w^ to
make d. ^Jl^ i

Drive ^^y^ u d. oSj^ a d. out

Drop acquaintance = be cut off

from
Drops j!j\J^j
Drought v*^
Drown ,3>^ ^
Drum yj^
Drunk ^j^jSLi
Drunkenness jSimj
Dry »^«.>;J pc.
Drying up i^U^
Duchess 25^3

Due

4^

Dumb ^^ elat.

Hi J

During Sjue, J*i)L*.
Dust jUft
^Duty AAjsJp^
Dwell ^>5w w
Dwelling j1> fem., pi. j'j^
Dynasty aJj^

Each jk>

/Ear ^Ji\, ^i' ^em. pi. o'i'^

Earnest = strong

Earth ^j\ (soil) vIh

Ease, Easiness aJ^^^

ft ^ 0 ^

East Jip> eastern part i^jJ*^

Easy j-j-^ to make e. j,^ 2

to find e. J>yw 10
Eat Jial u inf. ji»l
Eatables J^U pi.
Echo ^^Ju«, {J^>
V, Eclipsed, to be (moon) »^ft,»>^ i
to eclipse, inf. Uk».^

Edifice o^

Edrei U;>

Educate w>^t 2 educator pc.

Education w>3 1 educational .^ j> t

Efendi j^juil

136

J Efface oUL3 4

Effectual JJu pc. JUi
y Efficiency 2u\i^
v/ Effort j^^jL-* make great efforts

Egypt = Misru : the Egyptian
district ^^J,•A^i\ j.JaiJt the E.
dwellings ijj-o-^t jLjjJt

Eg}'ptian ^^j-o-o E. nature, fern.

Egyptianize j-o^ 2 Egyptian-
ized, pc. 5

Eight ijloj eighty, m. pi.

Either... or Ulj...Ul
7 Elect^io 8 (politically) ^^j 8
^ Electricity p^j-v^

Elegy, to compose \jj {^j) u

Element j-cU^

Elephant J-J

n/ Elevate «i; a elevated, pc. 8
elevation, inf. 8, pi. fem. reg.
Eleventh j^ \^^\^

Embark (on ship) v'^J * (^^
crime) 8
p^' (Embellish J^w 2

■^ I Embellishment ^y^} i^r^)
J Emerge ^ a^i.u ^'^^

Emigrate ^AJb 3
■" Eminent i-J pc.
Emperor of Russia j-cuJUl

/Employ J*,^ 10
"^Empty of y^ ^JU.
Empty, to b^ 2 'to be e. '^

(^JU.) u jjua a
Encamp jiC«.>fr
Enchant jAi»«*> a
Enclosure u^3»-
Encourage ?»a^ 2 encourage-
ment, inf.

End jA.1 (extreme, purpose)

AjU (goal) u^ji^ (of time)
Aj^j to come to an end ^y^ 8

Endeavour j«xw a inf. j<a-»»
Endowment w-ftS^ pi. «^l5^t

■^ Endure J-o^^. 5 endurance, inf. 8

* ■* '
Enemy ^js-

■^^nergy ^liJ
/Engaged in, to be w^t^ a
Engine j-U* pc. fem.
Engineer ^juA pc. engineering,
inf. <L^jJA

England iplJut, SJixbo'N)!
English, Englishman j^J-Jbol
Enjoin j^ji i
Enjoy oneself suU 5 let e. 2
Enlarge jij 2
Enlightened jy pc. 5, j^

Ennoble sJjJ^t 2

1^V'

137

Ennui JJU

Enquire ^ Inquire

Enraged, to be Ji;». a

^ ' i »

Enter J^i.^ u inf. J^^ to

make e. 4
^Entertain (feel) j-o-s 4 (guest)

Enthusiasm

Entire J^jJl^

Entirely

Entirety j-^l

Entrust J£»_3 2
V Environ 2L».L^

Envy, to j^...^ w

Epicure 4ij pc. 5

Equal ^^^-rf pc.

Equality ^^

Equalize \j^y^ 3

Equally tS^\ ^^^, Aj>^' j^^

Equip j»^ 4 c. d. a.
"^ Equipment 5 j^
>/ Equity >^.a> inf. 4

Erased, to be ,,^*«^ i

Erect ^^ 4

Err jj^ i to cause to e. 4

Error J'^)L« an e. SJ'^L^

Escape, no ju '^

Escape, to la»J (^a^) ^ '^^^ ^
^Especially l^lw "^

Essence Ot^

Establish UJ 4 establisher, pc.

Etc. ^t

Ethics J'iU.^^i^rU

Euclid j^juJLdl
•/Eulogize liji 2 ^ ^^

Euphrates, the OtjiAJt

Europe Lijjt, W^Ji^

European j^j^t, \^^i^j^.

Europeanized ;j--»jj pc. 2
Europeanization, inf. 2

Even yV^ even if = and if : even
so = along with that

Evening pl*«^, J-wot pi. JL«l
Event Aj^U.
Eventually = in the end
Ever tjul

Hi e

Everlastingness ^Jot

Every Ji»

Everybody a^-Qj^JI

Everyone jjLJI J^

Evidence 5>lj^

Evil (wickedness) p^w, jJ^ pi.

j^jJrf (badness) pyw
Evil (bad) »/Ll

138

Evil, to be ^^ u to do, make e. 4
Exactly, om.
-/ Exaggerate iJb 3
Exalt ^JU 4 exalted be He, pf . 6
Example, for '^JLlo to take e.

j^ 8
Exceed j^^JU, j>^ juj i
Excel J-ai w to make to e. 2

to vie in excellence 3

»^

Excellence J^-^i

Excellency aJ'^»-
Excellent iJb
Except *^[
"* Exception ^^^ inf. 10
Excess ^j» inf. 4

Exchange, to Jju 2 to e. mutu-
ally 6 to give in e. 4 to take
in e. 10

Excited, to be ^-n^A i excited, pc.
to excite 2

Excuse jjs- i to e. oneself 8

Exert oneself ju^, u i

Exertion ^^juj
' Exhausted, to be jJu a inf.

3U3 to become e. inf. cjji
' Exhibit u^j^ i

Exhibition u^jjla

Exhort Jicj i exhorter, pc. pi.

Exhortation Ala^

Exile Ijji.

Exist = be : cause to e. jk^j 4

Existence >^*>j

Expand %^ 4 jl^ 2

Expanse ^Jn o

Expect = wait : to be expecting

Expenses 4aa3 pi. reg.
Experience Sj^,j\j:i^\
Experiment Aj*a^ pi. wJjUJ)
Explain j^ 2
Explanation jJ^Lo
■ Explode jsf^ 7

Exploit Ji; 10
I Explosion jbjk^ inf. 6

^ Export J jk-o 2

- Express ^ja j^ 2 \

Expression ixa} (phrase) SjLp

Extensive •►^i elat.

Extent, to a certain = a thing

Exterior aJ'^

Extinguish ^^^a.^ 4 pass. 7
-Extort w*-flii 8

'*^*^

<i*

Extract ^j^ 10

139

Extreme = end

Extreme, adj. ^jJ pc.

Extremes, to go to ^Xi. 3

" ft

Extremity ^j^ pi. w^tjJbl

Extrude ,*^j 4 [ c.k«'*j- , M^* ^

3 OS-

%e ^>^ pi. ^pl ^

Face Aifc-j pi. d^«fc.3 (of building)

0 i

^L^A.3 f. to f. with fttjU to lie
on one's f. ^-^Jlw 3

Face, to Jm3 3
Facilitation J.^ inf. 2
-i Facility J^ inf. 4
Fact AxJij in f . ^)L*i the f . that,
cm.
^ Fail j^ It (of hope) w<wn^ ^,
jjx Ja»^ (of strength) j^^. ^*

>i Failure jii
Faint : he fainted = it was
covered upon him

Fair ,j-»»»-

Fairly, to act ^^ 4

Faith jj-j^ , O^!

Faithful ^>*^t, ^>«l pc. 4

Fall af^ a inf. c^j (of snow)

Jp i (of star) JxJk i f. down
J ^ i f. heavily (snow) '^^ i
f. one by one (rain, dew)
6 f. into ruin^jjk 5

False J^ pc. to declare f.

Falsehood >-^S^

0 J
Fame

Famed j^g^ to be f . j^ 8
Familiar with, to be mi\ a
Family JLp, aJLSU pi. reg. (of

Mohammad, etc.) Jt
Famous j^ pc. pass.
Fanatic ^«i..gxg pc. 5 fanaticism,

inf.

y Fancy J Li.
Fancy, to J-j*. a I fancy Jl^!

to f . a thing J-j^ 2
Far ^-loS pc.

Far, adv. = by much : so far j3
Far East = furthest East
Farewell, and farewell = and the

peace
Farmer 9-*^

Fashion Jj^ in like f. = equally :

after this f. J->-iJt t Jjb j>o
Fashion, to j^o 2
Fast At,^ u

Fasten jci u
Fatal Jl5 pc. O^ pc. 4
Fate oil^ the Fates bU^t
Father w*t pi. *l^T

140

Fault ^^3 pi. w>yi
Favour a»ju to show t.^^^Mj 4
Fear SiU,^, ^^ .

Fear, to o^^ a inf. ^^J^^., »,.j^ a
Feast (banquet) A^^ (sacred)

>i Feathers ^^j

- Features ?h^*^ pi.

Feeble J*-^? j>»» pc-
"^Feeblemindedness ^ls>;»^

Feed, tr.^^^xb 4 : intr. (animals)

oUft 8

' " "
Feeding-place ^mho

-^Feel jjti ?* inf. jajtw

Feeling AAbU

Felicity S^bu^

Fermented drink Ju^j
"* Fertile ^--rr- pc. 4

Fetters ^JUj

Few JJL5 a few of JJ3, ^asu

Few, to be Jd i

Fewness 2^3

Fictitious Jjti pc. 8

Fidelity iiUl

Fiery ^jU

Fifteen j^

Fifth ,,^1^

Fifty

Fight JZS 3 inf. JUS f. mutu-
ally 6

Figure 'ij^^ pi. j3-«
Figure, to j^^ 2 to f. to one-
self 5
Fill, pj*
Fill, to ^ a

FiloSOuf \^yuX>9

Find j>£f.^ i inf. o'*^3 ^- ^^^

a thing ^^1 10
Fin de siecle = modern

Fine ,J>*..^, J^Jj^., juj*. (of
poetry) J^j (of M^eather)
to think f. \^j^9 10 V

Finger TUi^oA fem. f. tips O^
Finish j^^aS i pass. 7

Fire jU fem.

7

Firm C-^ pc. ^«5C». pc. pass. 4
Firm, to be c-^-j u to make f. 2
Firmament X^^
Firman ^J^^*
* Firmness ^^^C*. inf. 4

;a£ ft

First J3I pi. J-Sljl adv. = ace.
/First-fruits 5;^£»b
sFish 0^». pi. O^^^
^Fit out, to *Ub 2

141

Fitter ,^jt

Follower *jU pi. ft-5, fttjt

Fitting, to be jj^ u

'^ Folly ^

Fixity »,-«^ inf. 7

Food ^lai to beg f. of j^

Flag ply pi. ij^jf

10 c. d. a.

Flagellator 3*5^

Foodstuff Jjj pi. Jljjl

v^ Flail (rod) w-^-os

Fool Jl^^ elat.

Flame ww^ *« ^- ^P ^^ ^

Foot ^Ji pl.^t jif

Flat ^k..» pc. pass. 2

Footpassenger J»-tj

W 0 ' ,t 0

Flavour ^o*^

For,conj. ^J*, >! prep. J^i 0-«>

Flee wyh wji i

J, L5^

Fleet horse ^t^*.

Forbid jij». i and 2

Flesh jiJ fleshly ^j^

Force Sj^^ (of police) Sy

V Flight J Iji

^ Force, to jlo 8 to f . the hand

Fling Jui i

of dj£9 4

< Flood, to, intr. J^jw i tr. 4

Ford ^loUl^ pi. ^^^Uto-*
0 ^

"

Forehead Ay-jej.

Flourish \^ (^) ^

.rf ^ 0 »

>^Flow ,j:j.a^

Foreigner j^^-o-a^l

Forenoon, to be in the j^-w o 4

Flow, to \^j^ i make to f. 4

0 ^ P

Forepart ^j3 pc. pass. 2

Flower jAj pl.jUjt

»* Forest ajU pi. reg.

Flyj^i

Forestall J;> 6

Foe = enemy

Forge ^j3 8

Fog ajU3 pi. vW-^

Forget ^-«o a inf. oW-^ ^<^

^ Fold ,^^ i

make to f . 4

Folk ^^

Forgetful ^^

Follow ii a and 8 : f. out 3

Forgive U^ (y^) u with ,j^

f. up 8 following upon ^<^m

Forgiveness ^k^

142

Form ji£, W pi. JliC^l
Formation y}SJii inf. 2
Formerly (O^) J^> %*
^ Forsake ji^ a
Fort 4>-a»- pi. O^'*'*-
Fortify ,>.a». 2
Fortress A*Jli pi. c^^
Fortune ii*. fortunately ,j-«aJ

Forty O^H)'
Found, to J!»l 2
Four »jjl
Fox ..Juf
Frame, to 9lX^ a
Franc >i)6ji
France LJji
Franks, the »J^t

r^

•s)l

0 t

Free, freeman j^ pi. j^
f. (from) ^JL^ pc. to set f.
jj^ 2 : to f . oneself ^^aS^ 5

VttU J

Freedom ajj.».
French, Frenchman \^^\^^
Frequently = many times
Fresh >t>j^ pc. : = new
^ Fret cj4- a
Friday Aa^l, 4*^*JI ^^
Fried in, to be ^JLo ^

Friend JJjJ^-^, J-tjA*. pi. *l5jk-dt
Friendly j^3j

Ml ^ '

Friendship <Lo>.«

Fright ^3J

Frighten »^^^ 2 to be frightened

Frigid, to be •Jj 4
Frivolous, to be ^J*i^ i
From ,j-«, ,j^
Front of, in ^Lol

Frozen jl»». pc. J^JU- to be f.
j^QBf. u and 2

Fruit dSii pc. fem. j^ pi. jl^,
Otj«^ to produce f. j^ 4

Fry in jJL© * c. d. a.

Fu-chun jjU>^
^Fuel ^.JnrL
' Full ^^ dipt. fem. j^*jU

Fun, to make 1*3 (^iJ) u

Fundamental ^-.^Ut
^Furnish j-yx*. 2

Further, to J^ 2 ^3 2

Future ^^*5 pc. 10 : adj. pc. 4

Gabriel = Jibrilu
Gain (profit) w'..^^
Gain (object) J^ a

143

I

!. fern.

Gambling jUi

, ' ft

Game s,.-jJ pi. w>UJt

Gaming j^
Garden 4^
Garlic j>^
Garrison ^-^
Gate w>b

"^ Gather t*^**- * (souls)
g. in (harvest) ^J-tfi»- 2

Gehenna ja*^c^
General Jtj-ift-
General ^^ pc. to become g.

Generally U^-o*, UU, ^^^

Hi

Generalization j^ inf. 2
Generation, (men) of third wJ 1^

J 0 ^

Generosity ^j.Ce pi. ^bC«

Generous j^ijS^

Gentle ^4;.K3 to deal gently 5

Gentleman (j;l.oJLZ;^

Gentleness 4i;

Genuine ^-A*i».

German j«3^' pl- O^'

Germany t^LoJ)

Get ^J^ a to get up (exhibition)

Gild d^ 2
Girdle

Give w^3 a ^JaP 4 c. d. a.
'Give in, to jj>A3 *
Gladden j^ u gladness j3j-»»
Gladstone \^^L»t^'*^
Glance j-cu pi. jUtful
Glass r^^j
Gloom jjJs
Glorify J». 4 (God) ^^^ 2

Glorious JwJL». to be g. J^ i

lit
Glory Sj^c

i ' '-

Gluttony dj-^

Go, go away w-Ai a make to go
away 4 : go back 9^j i go
beyond jj^ 5 : go down jjj ?'
make to go down 4 : go cheer-
fully ^uLj a go forth jju i go
into (investigate) L*-a5 10: go
on^^ 10 : go out 5^>^ u inf.
T^^j^ make to go out 4 : go
round j^^ u go up
(^JLt) w, (star) «JLb
03X1* go wide iji^ i
JGoad ^^..llo

Goal 4jU

Goat JJP

God Ajbi a god d*^\

I inf.

144

Gog = Jajuju

Gold ^5

Goliath = Jalutu

Good j^j ^J^ pc. s,^!* g.

things Olj^
Good ! good is..;^^

Good, to be *.JL© i* O-***" ^ ^^
do or make g. 4

Goodness |j>«.»>

Goodwill SftjjK«

Gospel, the = al-'Injilu

Govern ^»5C»> i^

Government i«yC». pi. reg.

Governor^^iC*. pc, pl.^bCa. his
governorship (title) ^JUJj^

Grace 4^*-^ pl.^,,o».lj-o

Grace, to show ^^^ 4 to ask
for g. 10

Graceful Uuj^o

Gradual ^^jb^^jjJ

Grain du^ coll. w-^**

Grandfather* jk». pl. ^Ij^t

Grant jl« 4 (of Sultan) ~o a
int. «i.«U

Grapes ^.^.'J^
[Grapnel «^UaaL.«)
Grasp ^jCLji i inf.

Grass ,^1511^ pi.
Gratify ^^ 4
Gratuity ^ULo

Ox

Grave j^
"^ Grave, adj. O-tj-e;
Grayhaired w^ elat.
Gray hairs w^
Great j-j^ pi. jU^
Great, to become j^ u to be g.

J^ ito make g. 4
Greatness 5j^, Ojj.»»- his g.

(title) ^>c to attain g. = to

be great

an X

Greedy cUJ?

Greeks, the = al-Rumu

Green ojma*. adj.jofk elat.

Greenness j-ci^ inf. 9

Greens j^i%.

Grief *^A-»t,^^

Grievance »^ inf. 8, 5»L*^
^Grieve ^-wl a \ju»t\ a

Grievous case, to be in C.Ug a

Grind ,>a»J9 a

Ground 0'*^e^ moist g. ^_£;j

Grow loJ (>oJ) w inf. ^
kZ>-^ u tr. 4
^Grow up

146

Grumble j-«5 5

Guard ^Jj i inf. Aj15^

Guest of, to become a sju^ i

Guidance ^jJb

Guide 4^jU8 i to be guided 8

Guided aright, to be jw) ?* to

guide aright 4
Guinea ri.>jLa-
Gulp up^^ 8
Gush, inf. *J

Habit aSu
Habitation ^^^ySL,»^

Habitual ^^\S'
Al-Hadi ^^JJ6 pc.
Al-Hadyah 3uj^\
Haicheng iii j^ljb

Haifa U.^

Hair jjtS> Hairdresser ^J 2 pc.

Al-Hajjaj ^IxMkJt

Half yjLiou Half- bow w^l5

Hand, to %9^ a inf. «i^ h.

down, over^^JLi 2
Handicraft ^U^ pi. itSUo

Halter ^Uj

Hamasa 2l^[.^,^

Al-Hamid jc«UJI

Hamidian ^Jla«*.

Hand ju fem. right h. ^^^-j^
pi. O^' ^^ other h. = from
other direction : to take in h.
^5 5

Handmill ^-fc-j fem.
Happen ^j^». w make to h. 4
Happy JbOLw
Haram, the ^ApiJt
Hard »,,,.JLo

Hardened, to be L*i (3*»*d) w
Harm j^ no h. j^b "^
Harm, to j^ u
vHarsh conduct SUU^
Harun 03J^
Al-Hasan ,j,,.A)t
Hashim ^o^U

A J

^ Haste ASj^

Hasten c^ 4
Hate, Hatred ^joJu
Haughty ^1
Haul jJaS u
Hauran OO^*"
Have to, to ^^-^ 8 pass, or = to
see no escape from

Hay ah oL*.

c

Head j_h!; P^- tr*3j (chief) |.^-J)
Headquarters = capital
v^eadstrongness 9.to*>

10

146

Heal ^^jj 4
Health Aa^.^
Healthy ^,^.^ ^

0 J

Heap cj^i^ pi. reg.
Heaped up, to be ^o^j 6
Hear «-«-rf a inf. p^^o^ let hear

4 : hearer pc.
Hearing, quick of Jj-jio-^

Heart wJii pi. w^^Ji

Heat j^ (of summer) ia^

Heave (sigh) jjuo 5

Heaven-s pUo-^ pi. Ot^.©-^

Heavenly ^^^U-w

^ J <
Heavy J^ to be h. J^ u

Heed ^-£3 z heedful, pc.

Ox

Height = elevation: (hill) By)j pi.
e ■»
reg. utmost h. J^y»>

Hell = the burning
^ Help ^Ult

XXX Ox

Help, to^;.cu u inf. j,^ : jjuj 3
• Herb ^^ pi. v^^^f
Herbage *-jJj, *i)L^ pi. ©bj

Herd (a crowd) 4^Ui».
Herd, to ^-Cj a

XJ I

Here U^

Here I am 13 01 U Here he is

'^^xx
Hero JJau

Herzegovina *sJL>j^l
Hesitate ^».l 5

Hew w
Hewer of millstones j\Su
Hide, tr. ,j^ 4 ^^a^ 4
"^ Hideous, to render d^^ 2

P 0 X

Hidingplace SLa.««

High ^JU pc. most High pf. 6

Hijaz, the jU».aJI

Hijrah, adj. (j$>ai«A

Hilani ^*%A

Hill Jb pi. J^U

50
Hind jLJb

'Hinder aio a

Hint at, to
Hirejll,
Hire, to ^o^f 10

History «-j! inf. 2 historical

Hit w'^.o 4

Hold dL-o 4 lay hold of 5
Homeland v>l93
" Homogeneous i^^^J^ pc 6
Honein = Hunainttn

0 XX

Honour u^j^, s^jJ^

Honour, to jbj^ 2 : (persons) 4

Honourable \^j^

147

Honoured (person) = generous

Hope, n. JmoI, *l».j, asu
t- * ^
Hope, hope for Jw«t u U-j (><^j) «^

oi

Horizon JJil

Ox

Horn ^^
4 Horrible jijJai

Horse ^La»., (noble) ^l^a.,coll.

Horsemanship S-wjji

Hospital L*iw pc. pass. 10

Hostile jo^ pc. 3

Hot jV

Hotel Jjui

Hotness Sjljj*.

Hour Atlw pi. reg.

House Ow, ^Jj-U pi. O^-o

o£

Household J.AI pi. reg.

0 X

How "? 1^4^ How much, ma.ny,
long^

0 X

However ^fj, j^j , ,jl£» U^

Humaid ju^.»^

Humanity Ajj^LJI

"Z Humble j-ji».

^ Humble, to ja». 4 to think h.
8 and 10 : to be humbled
/ «.^^ a

Humiliation

Humorous ^«AbCd
Humour, see ill h.
"* Humpbacked w> jk». elat. to be
h. 12

Hundred aSU pi. OH*

0

Hundredweight jLtuS whole h.s
Sp»iii j-J»U5 (Kor. 3, 12)

Hungarians, the jA^t

Hunger c^a-

Hungry ^^c^ pc

Hunt, to juMd i and 8 : hunter,
pc. 1
VHurl \^j3 i

Hurry J^a.^, iJLa*^ to be in a
h. Jo»^ a to hurry 2 : to ask

X

to be hurried 10
Hurt ^12 ^^4

Husband -j-jj
Hyacinth (stone) O^b
Hypocritical, to be j^ 3 :
hypocrite, pc.

I Ot
Iblis
Ice

'Ibllsu

Idea ^^.iav*, SjXi
''Identify m^^ : pass. 7
Idris = 'Idrisu

10—2

148

If Ol.y» lijif that o'y

Ignoble ^>

Ignorance J^v^, ^^^^ the I.

aJUUJt
Ignorant, to be y^-^ftf- cu ignorant,

pC. pi. •'^ly»-

Ill(bad)pJ|5l,Illis...^
"*• 111 humour j^ ^

Ill-luck j_;<^a^

Illness Silc

Illumine j^ 2

HI will *^

Al-^mad >U*JI

Imaginary J^j

Imagine = figure to oneself :

Imagination = inf.
Imam jb[^\
Imbibe cj£> 2

Imitate jJL5 2 imitation, inf.
imitator, pc.

Immediately Jl»JJ

Immense = in large quantity

Impatience SjAmo

Imperial ij^^, ijjl„jCL,\

Implement 51^ I pi. Ol^^t

HI Hi ^ fr

Importance 2u^\
Important ^ pc. 4 to be i. 4

Impossible, to be jjs- 5
Impress jj) 2 impression, inf.
to be impressed 5

Imprison ij»>.*^ i pass. 7

Impure w»,m.^

In 1-5, w> inasmuch as 3 J in

that Hi4»-
Inauspicious ^U> elat.
Incapable jxf^ pc.
Incarcerate jj>ai.w zt
* Inception jj^^

Inch J^tj-jd pi. iajjtji
Incident ^jc». pc. fern.
Incite w'sft. t£
Inciting, Incitement w-ju pc.

pi. st^\^
Incline J*^ i inclination, inf.

Jwj*e pi. Jlw«i make to incline

to one 10
Income ,J^>
Increase S^bj

Increase, tr. juj i c. d. a. intr. 8
Incumbent on, to be jJLp w-^^ *
Incursion Sjlp pi. reg.
Indeed J or energetic of vbs.
Independent, to be Ji 10
India = al-Hindu
Indian \^jJA pi. ^^

149

Indicate ^JLft J> u
Indication of ^JU ,J*ch
Individual ^ji pi. ^Ijil

e

Indulgence ^j

Inevitable aS^ pc.

Inferior ^> elat.

Infidel j^a^ pc. 4

Influence = impression : 3^

Inform j^ 4 with w> well in-
formed j-jiOfc. to be informed,
to get information .JU \Jt3^ i

Ingenuity 5;l^

Ht J

Inhabitant ^^jSLi pc. pi. ^J\SL,

Inherit >^j^ i
^Initiative J^a. inf. 8
^ Injury ^,.Jac, j^^t

Ink ^tjLo

Inkhorn dj-^a^^

Innocent p^^jj to declare i.

Inquire w^sa^j a inf. ^^^j
Inscribe ^j u
Inscription ajU^
Inside ^J^> pc
Insight Sj-a-At
V Insignificant ^^
Insist «J 4

Insolent, to be ^^yt^ «
Instead of ^^3
Instigate J^^»- *
Instinct ^jJai »l£»3
Institution ^Usu pi. Ot
Instrument Ajt pi. reg.
Insure jj-o-*© a
Insurrection Sj^
Intellect Ji*
Intellectual iJ^
Intelligent Ji* pc. pi. «*iU^
Intend ^^j 4

Intention a^ pi. bt^^

Inter j^> u

Intercede «.aw «

Intercessor &<^

Interconnected ^J-«3 6 pc.
'Intercourse Sj^-lc

Interdict ^^»- 2

Interest (usury) Gj to earn i,
Wj (^j)«* (advantage) rta^ Xigi «,
dj>jli (care)^oA iiif* ^

Ml

Interested, to be^^ 8
Interesting j^ pc. 4
Interfere ^J>»-i 3
Interior S^ji«<#
Internal j^^^b

150

J Interval J'iU.
Intervene J^»" u
Intervention dJL^tjk^
Interview = visit : (reporter) =

talk to
Intimate ^j^J^

Into j^], ^

Intoxicant jSLt pc. 4 fern.

Intrenchment ^Jjulo

Introduce (practice) cju 8

Intruder J-j».3
•^ Intuition JlaJt ,jLJ

Invalid J-Jlft

Invalidated, to be ,^jaJu 8

Invective C)^^

Inventor cju pc. 8

Invert ^,.J3 2
^ Invigorate ^JiJ6 2 and 4

Invite U^ (>^3) «*

Inward (^>kj pc.

Al-Irak JljjOt

Iranian jvIhI

ml

Irdab vAj'

I rem = 'Iramu

Iron Juj^». adj. (^J^J^^

Irreproachable = there did not

take him a blaming of a

blamer

Irrigate ^^j 4
Irrigation (J>Jt, ^^' j-«'
Isaac = Ishaqa (gen.)
Ishmael = 'Isma'ilu
Islam = al-'Islamu
Islamic ic**^}
Island ^jjjxf.
Isolation Sj^^-j
Israel J«j5tj-«»l
Italian J^JUx.!
Italy ULfcut
vltem <i.\.<i^ pi. JUtfi^

Jaafar jJuuf

Jacob = Ya'quba (gen.)

Jaffa lib

Al-Jahiz Jsu^UJl

Jap ^ij\^ pi. reg.

Jeer at w^ ^^5Ca 5

Jemal ed Din v>:>jJt JU»-

Jerusalem = al-Qudsu

Jesus j^^.*-j^

Jeved 3'>»-

Jews, the = al-Yahudu

Jiddah Sj^

Jilliq JU»>

Jinn 0*>^ P^*

161

Job = 'Aiyubu

^ 0 ^

John ^^;>a»»»

Join J^^ ^ to j. together j.io 6

Joseph = Yusuf u

Journal ^^

Journey jAw, pi. OtjAw

Journey, to jjLr 3

Joy ^^

Judge- 15-^^5 pc.

Judgment ^«5C».

Judicial j«5l.a5

Jug JLj^l

Juggler 33AW pc.

July aJ^

Junction ^-iJ pc. pass. 8

June 4«J^

Juridical j*v^

Justice Jjift

Justify ^sj 2

Kaab

Al-Kadam ^jJUl

Kadi = judge: the Grand K.
the K.

Kai-yuen j^^ ^^l^

Kan ^15

Al-Karak JpCJI

Kasr ed Dubarah S;b3jJI j-ci5

Kasr-el-Nil J^l ^-^5

Kata Slki5

Katar j^

Kazim j^\£s

Keen juj^».

Keen-sighted j-woj to be k.

Keep wJ liLA*. 8 : k. safe O!^*^
inf. a3Uo to k. on = continue :
to k. (secret) = conceal

Al-Khaizuran ^tjJ-jaJI

Khalid jJU.

Khalif ^^JLa. pi. pUJU.

Kharbin j>*o;^

Al-Khattab v^J**^-^'

Hi 0 O J

Khedive, Khedivial \^yjj^ pi.

reg.
Kiblah aJL5 adj. l^JL**

Kick sj^} *

^ ^^ ft^

Kill Jls 1^ inf. JI5

Kilometre jJU^JL£» pi. Ot

Kind ^j>*^ pi. ^U«fc.t

Kindle j^^ 4 Jjti> a

Kindler ^iSj

Kindliness 4itj

/Kindness Oj^ pc. pass.

152

vl

King .SXJU pi. ^>U

^ 0 ^

Kingdom 4iCJLo^

Kinship t^Jji

Kirin jj-jj-j^

Kirman ^jU^i^D

Kisra ^^j.**^

Al-Kiswah S^^JCJI

Kitchen ■;,..Jbwo

Knight ^^ pc.
''Knock (door) cj5 a

Knot, to jtif ^ inf. j^

Know (connattre) Sm^jC- i (savoir)

j9^ ^ ^j3 ^ to make k. \^^

2 : not to k. j.5o 4 : knowing

that ^1 l-Jlft to be known to

w) (J|;^ 5

Knowledge Adjjto
Koran, the == al-Qur'anu
Koreish = Coreish
Kufic ^J^^
Kuweit si^yCJI

Labourer J..©* pc. pi. sS^

Lad^:^

Lame ^j^ elat.

Land ^jt pi. c^ljt: O^ P^-

jjULt: (opp. to sea) jj
Landmark ^yJLa.^
Landowners tjUJ^^Jt w^bjl
Language Aa^, AaJ pi. reg.
Large = great
"^ Lash jJltfc. i
Last jA.t adj. j-N».t lastly, ace.

Latchet j,*^ pi. j^i^^^^

Late (dead) j^^^ pc. pass. : of

late = recently
Latter life, the Sj^'n)!
Laud j^^Jlft ^^ 4

Lament, inf. w>jj

Lamp Jojud 1. stand djU«

Laugh ^JLa>.o a make to 1. 4

Laughter = inf. ,iJla>.tf>

Lavish JJu ^ w 1. praise on

/Lawful J-JlU.

Lawful, to be J»». i to declare
1. 2 : to make 1. 4

/ ^ 0 ^

»/ Lawsuit ^^>
vLay aside J>^ 4
Layer 41^

Lead ^^^loj

Lead, to ^^ u (road) ^^-is 4 :

to 1. out \Jj u to 1. to (result)
^^>l 2 : take the 1. = take in
hand

153

L

Leader ^^j^j pi. Xt^j

,,, 0 9.

Leaf aSjj pi. Jtj^l
Leap s^^ i inf. w>^i
Learn ^^JU 5 learned, pc.
Learned (the)^U pi. frUJLp
Least, at the Ji*^! ^,JU
\ Leather-carpet /tlaJ )
Leave (depart) kJj^ 7 (a place)
•-jj a to 1. alone i)p u inf.

Lebanon ^UJ
Leg j3^ pl- {3y^
Legal ^ji

Legion of Honourj^jj^ ^j^l-ja^l
Legislative Council

-4Lend jU 4 u*=>* ^ c. d. a.

Length J[^

Lengthy Jj_^l>
i Lenient, to be jjJb^ 4

Lentils j^jlp

Less Jit

Less, to make, to lessen Ji 2
and 4

Lest ^j\ (4iU,-«)

Let c^3 a not to let = hinder :
let alone j3^, jju let down
JjJ 4 let us J and apoc.

Letter (of alphabet) w5j^ pl.
OjijA. (epistle) w>U£» pl.

J J Ml

^«I^ (opp- of spirit) Ajji/fc.
Level Jjcft to be on a level

^^ 8
Liable J^ pc.
Liau-yang ^-Lj^U
Liberality ^©^
Library 4.JX0

Lie (on the ground) om. (tell a
lie) wj J^ ^ to call one a liar 2

. . *•*

Life SL^, 5^». Lifetime j-o^

by the life of j-qjJ to prolong
life to in j.^ 2 to wish long
life to J^ 2
Light (opp. of darkness) j^j
(of lamp) p^ to be 1. jy w
to 1., 1. up t^ya 4

Light (opp. of heavy) \S*.»^ to
be 1. «^.A». ^ to make 1. (easy)
2: to make 1. of 10

Lightning Jjj adj. J^jj

Like J, ji«, 4^ p]. JU\

Like, adj. <i^

Like, to = to be satisfied with :
Would you like? j^ ^ JA

Liken 4»w 2 to be like each
other 6

154

Likewise, like that ^X3J>£r*

Limit ji*. pi. >3JL».

Limpid ^iuo pc.

Line Jai^ (of poetry) = verse : (of
writing) ^Jaw pi. j|>txw to take
a (particular) line «£)UL«« »iJUL»

Linger = remain
Listen a.ow a listener, pc. 8
Literature w>^l pi. w^bl
^Litigation 4Me^.ci».
Little = small or few: 1. is U Ji
Littleness oJLS

Live j^p.,

a to make 1. 4

Hi ^

to let 1. 10 living ^^.
Livelihood A>tMJLo to gain a 1.

Lo 131

^ Load jjj to carry (a load) ^j^ i
loadcarrying, pc.

Load, to J^Oifc. 2

Loadstone i^m^J^l.Afr

Loan sj^jA

Loathe ^,0^ ^ inf.^lw

Locomotive j^S^ pi. Olj^^
^' Lodge (oneself) j^jf i tr. 4

Loftiness

pc. (building) ^^^yw

Lofty

pc. (hill)"*,^ pc.

Lokman = Luqmanu

London 6jjj^

Long ^^ as 1. as U, >©b ^
ere long = in the near, the
coming

Long, long for, to J^ 8

Long, to be J^ u to make 1. 4

Longing J^.^

Look jisu pi. J Usui

Look, look at jJau it looker, pc.
to 1. after (a thing) w^ ji<^ u
inf.^Ld to 1. (upon)^^ 8

Loose J.»- z^ ^ 7^

Lord (master) w»; pi. w>bjt
(title) :g^!

*^Lose j.**^ a 1. faith in j^^ L-13 a
1. no time jju 3

Loss 5jLm^
-^Lost, to be «-j-3 i to let be 1. 2
Lot = Lutwn

Love v-s*.^

Love, to ^^». 4 and 10 inf. w-.».

Ml J

iKDver Ji-i^ft pc. pi. ^^\Ji>s-

Low ^^1^, J.i-rf pc. : lowest
, part, elat.

Ml Hi

Lower, to ^^ ^jixt. u La. u

155

7

pi. reg.

Lowly, to be a.^.^ a
Loyalty j^^^flJLfc. inf. 4
de luxe jjLJ pc. pass.

Maan ^;^juo

Macedonia LJj»

Madman ^^j*. pc. pass.

Madness 0>^

Magazine (book) 4jLai,<

jJ:*^ (store) OJ**-*
vMagnitude Aphg

Magog = Majuju

Mahdi ^^jJb pc. pass.

Mahmil J^^a,^

Mahmud ^^.o^a„^

Mail jujj

Mainly jjS^'S)l-»
V'Maize Sji

Majesty = excellency

Makariyus j^^jUU

Make «JLi0

Make, to JjUfc. a (appoint)
2: (poetry)=say : m. for j.-a3

ml

t m. to (do a thing) w^ ^^ u
m. way J-j-w ^JU. 2

Maker (of poetry) = sayer

Malik ^U

Mameluke ^^X^^

Al-Mamun ^^UJ'

Man jjUJ*^), 3j-oI c. art. ^j^\

a man J^i^.^ pi. jU»j men j^U
Manage jj> 2 management, inf.
Manchuria Uj^.^^^
Manhood Spj^
Manifest jju 4
Manifold jj^ pc. 6
Mankind = the flesh
Manliness rtjK)ifcj
J Manner .k^J
Manners ^l^t pi.
Manufacture j<jb^^ 4
Many j«j^ pi. jU^ many a w>j

how many a ,^j^ CH^
Map ^lluj^ pi. iajtjA.
March (of army) y^ju^j (month)

N^Iarch, to ^^»^ a

Mare ^j5

Margin k^

Mark ears of cattle ^ 2^

J p —

Market jj^-* pl- O^^^

Marriage ^tjjj

Marry -^-jj 2 c. d. a.

" Marvellous \^^

156

Marwan O'^J^

Mary = Maryama (gen.)

Marzuban oWjj-*

Mass J^ (of people) ^\y^

Massacre = slaughter

Massacre, to JJ3 2

Mast (J>-© pc.

ft

Master w**.!^ pi. w>Ui«-ot be-
come m. 3^». 10 reg. : get
mastery of wJl^ 5

J Masterful jC^, Sjl^ ji (owner
of force)

/ Mate ^JJij3

Hi wl Wl Wl

Material S^U pi. ^t^^ adj. ^^^U

Matter j««l, jjli, pi. ^^^

Mature J;^ 4

Al-Mausil J-fl»>(^l

May (month) jC\, ^U

May, vb. ,j-« ,jiL« 5:=: to be

permitted : c^ 10 j»5 with

impf.

Meadow 4^^ pi. ,jliu^

Meal ^Lo^b

Mean (not extreme) ^uj^ elat.

(greedy) J-saLo pi. p"^^^
Mean, to = to want
Meaning ^^^iauo

Means ak-l^, J5L»j pi. by m.

of iJkwt^ by no m. = not at

all
Measure JLSU to give by m.

^J..,£r> ^ to take by m. 8: to

give short m. \,Jl^ 2
Measurement 2L».U«^

Meat ^»dJ

Mecca = Makkatu

Mechanic ^^jSLji^L^

Mediation Ja*^^ inf. 5

Medicine »lj>

Medina = al-Madinatu : of M.

"Meekness 4^t>j

Meet /^ a and 3 J^ 3 : (wishes)
Jlij 4 : m. together ^-5J 8 :
m. with «^jLo 3
^Meeting-place j^y3u«

Melancholy, adj. ^^ »> pc.

Melt w>^3 w
^Member j-aft pi. tl-o^l

Menace jjb inf. 2 : to m. js-^ 4

Mention j^3

Mention, to j^i «* not to m.

Merchandise = traffic jsfJic pi.
Merchant jj^J pc pi. jl

157

Merchant, adj. ^^J^*^
Merciful j^*^^

0 C

Mercy ^Lo^^j have m. = pity

Merely J with >j.». pc. pass. 2

Merv ^y^

Merwah, the = al-Marwatu

Message 4jL>j

Metonymy ajU^

Metre (in poetry) ^3 (measure

of length) jj;u pi. jUUl
Michael = Mikalu
Midday prayer ^^
Middle (of time) sJl^ pc. pass. 8
Midian = Madyanu
Midmost )eL»^
Mien d&JLb

Might, vb. j>3 with impf.
Mighty ^ J. Kg pi. sWlig to be

Mild sjulaj
Mildness dil^
Military ^^jSL^s-
Mill 03*-^
Million (J>JU
Mind it^, ^U.

Mine ^ jut« (coal) ^,<^,>.o

Mingle -j.j-« 8 mingled, pc.
pass. 1

^Minister (delegate) jlo^ pc. pass.

8
Minute 4a*5^
Miracle Jiai^ft fern. pc. 4, pi. reg.

Mirror ISj^

Miscellany As-y^of,^

Mischief, to make cjJ a w>^x.^ 3

Miserable, to be ^Jut a

Misery *U^

Misfortune ^jk». pc. fem.

Mislead ^^^ 4

Miss (aim) ^^jJa*. 4 (to lose)

jSi i
Mission = message
Mistaken, to be = to miss (aim)
Mr. j:l^\

Mistress Ol3 pi. Ot^ji
Mithkal JUt«
Mitre = turban

Mix, tr. iaXL to m. with 3

intr. 8
Moayyad = Muaiyad
•Mock at ^j^j^Jlt a
Model aJL^dUJ, '
Modern ^j^yAS-
Modesty pL^, ^ inf. 10
Mohammad = Muhammadww
Mohammadan = Islamic

158

Mohammadanism = Islam

Moisture 3lj^j

Molest j^il 4

Money JU pi. J'>«^

^ f *
Monopolize attention Jaw a

Monsieur ^.^ pjt

» X J 0 ^

Month j^ p]. j^l
Moon j^
Moor j^>i-«
Moorish = Moroccan

* 0 ^

Moral ^^£jA«

Moral = educational

Moralist w*^' pc 5

More jJi^ elat. ji^ elat. still

more y^*ji\j
Moreover = along with that

Morning •.U10 to be (do) in the
m. ^...o 4 : early m. ja>w to
go out in the m. t j^ (jJ^) ^

c^

m. and evening ^U^c
Moroccan = ^^L£s\yA

J Mi <

Morocco Ji£»\j^^

to-Morrow Ij^^
Mortar up, to jlJ^ 2
Moses see Musa

Moslem ^^ pc. 4 : to become a
M. 4

Moslem, adj. = Islamic

Mosque %a^, j^ ■>»>■<

Most, at the j^'^S ^9 mostly
= usually

Mote ^^j3

Mother ^t

Motion (i^j^ pi. reg.

Mould (nature) SjJai pi. jJai

J c

Mound i«^ pi. ji\^\

Mountain ^Js***. pi. J^t»-

Mountain, adj. ^-JL»., jJUe*.

Mouse Sjli

Mouth 0^ pi. ot^t

Move, intr. ^j.^ 5 : move round

and round ^js- J^»- 5
Movement = motion : (political)

Muaiyad Juj^

Muawiya 4j^ljt«

Much j-j^ adv. = ace. to be m.

ji£> u to make m. 4 : to desire

m. 10
Muchness ij^
Mud J^3 pi. JU.y
Mufti ^ pc. 4 : the Grand M.

= the M. or the m. of the

Egyptian dwellings
Al-Muhallab v-^W

159

Mukden ^j^yc
Mule JJu pi. Jl*j
Munificence »la»^
Murghab, the w>U;^t
Musa i^^
Music ^Ju^^\
Muslim = Moslem
Must = there is no escape
or I do not see an escape
Mustaches w>;l>2» pi.
Al-Mustansir j.,aul^\

^ 0 - .

Mustard J3j^
Mutter ^ju«i, j^^«^ i
Al-Muweilihi j^^aJU^^t

Hi J

Myrrh j^

that,
from

9

Nail jLo-*«o

0

Name^,^*^! pi.
Name, to
Namesake
-/N"ap 6j3j
Napoleon 0^^>^^
Narrate ^^jj i
Narrative y^ pi. jU».l
Narrow Ji,M^
Narrow, to, intr. Ji^ i :
Naskh ^.^

tr. 2

Nation A^t

Native = patriotic

Nature Aac^Jg, a^U natural

^yuJ9 naturally ^! j^v:J*>^
Naught, to come to J^J u
Nay Jj

Near ^^ji, 0-* *:>j^ \^
nearer /y> elat.

Near, to ^> 3: to be n. w>ji

inf. w>ji to bring near 2 : to
draw n. gradually 6: to get
n. 8
Nearly ^^ a

OJ

Nearness y^jS
Necessarily so = upon it
Necessary, to be ^,-*».j i vofJ a
necessary, pc. : n. things j^j^^

pi-

Necessitate ^ejj 4 c. d. a. ^^^-iS 8
to n. to oneself j»j} 8

Necessity = no escape: upon ne-
cessity ^jjJU I JJS-

Need 4a.I*- pi. reg. be in n.
of = have n. unto

Needy ^^*> pc 8
»4^eglect J^frA 4
Neglected (of composition) J^wj-*

Negligent, to be ^J.ii u negli-
gent, pc.

160

Negociations, to enter into

J^^ 6
Neighbour jW pi. Ol^!^^
Neighbourhood = nearness
Neighbouring jy^. pc. 3
Nejd jiA»J
Nephew = brother's son

V Nervous, to be cji a
^Nest A^i^j pi. reg.

Never ^: not... ever

Nevertheless = along with all
that

New j^J^

News U pi. Xj\ to tell n.

Newspaper Sjuja.
New York ^j^ ^
Next, adv.^
Next to, to be ^J^ i
Next world = latter life
Nice waI^ to be n.

Niggardly, to be JdL^ a
Nigh, to bring ^j 4
Nigher to wJ ^Jjt
Night iU pi. JJ by n. :^ to

pass the n. Ow«j i
Nile, the J^l

0

Ninety ^J^x^

No U, '^l,,^

Noah = Nulmn

Nobility ^jj^

Noble ^^j£», w-ijj-i pi. wJtj^l
fern. OIajJji^ (descent) JJ^j^c

Nobleness ^IJ

Nolens volens Uj^ ^t U^,

Nomad life S^tju
Noon j^

North yjl^ northwards, ace.
Northern j^Uw
Not N), U, ^ (it will not be
that) ^

'Notable i^ pc.
Notably = and especially
Note, to = to see
Notebook j^^
Nothing, come to ^^Li 6
Notice, to s-AAJ a
Notify jjit 4
^Nourishment O^
Novel Ajtjj pi. reg.
November j^^
Now ^J^)I, wJ, ^ now... now
Zj\3...6j\3 now and then

161

Number^j^ pi, > I jL^l numerous,

pc. 5
Number, to ..ocfc. 4
Nutriment pIJ^^
Nutritive ^JIJ^

0 b O you there = O this

Oath j>,j-ft-j pi. O^' *o ^^^6 o.
»fc.AJL»» i mutually 6

Obedience iftlL

Obedient, to be CU^ w

Obey c^ 4^cr4-<^ir<^ ')

Object jua5, u^j.^, waL^^ o. in

view ^^^oJlc (Uiaa\^

W'^ryU^

Object to, to Qs- ^^j a
Objurgate ^^^ 4
Obligatoriness ^ep inf. 8
Obliterate ^j»*^ i
Obscure jX^ Obscurity ir^

inf. 2
Observation j^ inf. 8
Observe ^jinf. AjUj, (follow)

^y 4
Obstacle jLU pc.
Obstruct j^». 3
Obtain = be to him
Obviate ^j^ 6
Occasion

w.

Occasionally ^Jl jj>sj»- j^>-«
Occupy j-j^ 5 (office, attention)

^^ Ml

Jaw a (country) J.^ 8 Oc-
cupation, inf.

Occur Jlij 8 (to mind) j^La. i
and 1^

Occurrence ><^^

October jj^Z^t

Ode 5ju-fl5

Of y^ is frequently used in
modern Arabic instead of the
classical constr. and gen.

Offer jij3 2 (opinion) u^jS- i

Office wy^.cutc

Officer Jflu.c' pc, pi. ^l^

Official uAb^ pc. pass. 2

Official, adj. i^-o-^j

Offspring 4J^)L>

Often Ijlj-o as o. as Ip.l^

Oftentimes U l>Ai£»

Oil oAi

Oilseller = Zaiyat

Old ^yoJJ^ oi old = ace: o. man

11

Oman jjU^
Omar = 'Umaru

162

-,/

Omen j-J? pc. to draw ill o. 5

Hi -»

Once ej^ at o. = immediately

One jk^\, j^».tj one of uasu
one... other ^jdixj...^jtf>Jo one
day, etc. jb_^ Oti

Oneiza Sj^;^
Oneness jl».j inf. 8
Onions ^J-cu

Only Jaii, l^t or = not...ex-
cept: only that ,jt j^^

Open (the) a^^a. o. ground

Open, to ^Xi a
Operation

Opine = see good

I. .
Opinion ^^lJ in the o. of

.. *■* "■* '

Opportunity A^ji pi, ^joj5

Oppose oneself \j6yS- 5

^ Opposite j.^-JCft

Opposition iusjl*.* to show o.

Oppression j3.». oppressive, pc.
Option j-j£fc. inf. 8 optional

Or ^t, ji\ or else 3! with subj.

Ordain

^j^

Order je\Saj to keep o., inf. ^^^

in o. to, that J, ^^
Order, to w^ j-«l ^^
Organization ^^JsJ inf. 2
Oriental ^^j-^

Origin J^^t
Original j^^JLot
Originally = in the origin
' Originate LtJ a tr. 4
Orion ptj^jjjt
Ornament iLjJ

Ornament, to \^} 2 : to be
ornamented 8

Orphan jt^li pi. i«^^J

Orphanhood ^^

Orthodox J-;-«l (pure)

Other j^t o. than j^, \^^ or
in o. words ^t the o. = the
rest of jjL> others = other
than he, etc.

Otherwise = and if not
Othman = 'Uthmanu : Ottoman
/ L5^^^

'Outcry (^Ua to make o.
Outrage = dangerous event
Outside ^U», ^j^
Outward jASSo o. journey v^>

163

Oven j^

Over ^, ^^J

Overcome j^ a

Overflow ^-aIp a ^.^tfui i make

to o. 4
Overhear = hear
Override ,^j^ 3
Overtake ^j^ 4
Overturn ^5^ inf. 7
Own, pron. om. or add OtJ^Jb

to suff.
Own, to viAJLo i or = to have
Owner ^3 , ^.,,-^a.,o pc. pi. ^^\
Oxj^pl.jii

Pacific = peaceful
Page 4n> A.O, aJL>pm.0a pi. w&ai»-o
Pain = hurt
•^Pains (trouble) jpu^ to take p.

Ox

Paint jjtij w inf. ^JJu painter

Palace J»*^

Palatable w^jk^

Palm (of hand) w-i^s pi. ».,i£»l

Palm AJLa.J pi. coll., palmgrove

Panada jujJ
'^^anegyric ^^j-b inf. 4
Pangs (of hunger) j^
Panic stricken, to be yjAe*. 4

Ox

Panther jkyS

Paper ^\^j3

Pardon, to give ^ac i to ask
p. 10

Parents jJ^ pc. w>t du.

Paris j^^^b

Parliament .-J UJ ^^».lai .», oUJ^

Parliamentary j<jIJ

Part (fraction) ^jtfuu (division)

o

^,o-«i (opp. of whole) = po rtions :
for my part =: from my di-
rection : on the part of (people)

Part, to Jji 5
Participate = be partner
"/Particle J jLi» pi. reg. fern.
Particular ^^^a^ elat.

ml

Particularity ^joj^ pc. fem. pi.

Particularize sj^^ 2, pass. 8
Particularly L05.OA., jcJL^

Parting ^\^

11—2

164

Partner ^j-S» to be p. with
^j^ 3 : to make p. 4

Party (political) w»j.»-

Pasha Lwb pi. OtjU/b

Pass Oji u iJ<^, v J-* ^^^- J3j^
(aplace)j5». 3 : p. away ^^j-iuo -i
inf. j^^-cuo p. by Oy, inf.
Ot^ p. on J^«w 3 : p. over into

Hi J

Passenger w*^j pc. pi. w>^j
jA»rf pc. 3

Passion [^^

Past j^^-tfu« pc.

i! 0 ^ Ox

Pasture ^**>« p- ground luj

Path J-j^ pi. JJi.^
Patience ji,*.o to have p. j,**o i
Patient j-j-o pc.
Patriarch = chief of fathers
Patriotic (national) ^^^^
Patriotism ^Llbj
Patron ,^j, ^^

Pay v-^bj Pl-

Pay, to (of a business) «-oj a
ft ft

ti*. j^it 2, inf. ftt^t: to p. in

advance wiXw 4 : to p. in full

Peace ^til^ to make p. with
9irAi^ 3: to make p. with one
another 8

Peaceful ^^J^

Peaceful, to be t jjb a ^SLi u

«l J JO J

Pearl S;> coll.JJJJ

Peer = look

Pelt ^j u

Tenj3

Penetration = subduing

Peninsula = island

People jif pi. jut
Perceive j)ji 4 : = feel, be
sensible of

iS X X

Perchance JjJ
Perdition ^^)Uk

Perfect, to be ^ i J.*^ w, a
perfect, pc. : to perfect, 4

Perform ft*Lo a performance
inf. 8

^Perhaps l^j

Ox

Period j^
Periodical jX9^
Perish, to ^ilU

to cause to p.
4 : to make to p. «-wo 4

Permitted, to be J^». u per-
missible, pc: to permit 4

Perpetual, to be JlJL». w to per-
petuate 2 ^

165

3. 4

Persepolis jji.Jn.«g>t
'^ Persevere j^ 3

Persians ^ji

Persist j-.o 4

Person ^^n-;. »> pi. 4.^9 la^t

Personal ^^,cto> *>

Personality Ot3

Perspicuous ,j^ pc.

Pervert ,j^

Petrify jj**.*.
^'Phantom

Pharaoh = Fir'aunu

Pharisee j«--jU

Phase j-vJsLc

Philosopher i^^-^JLi

Philosophize, to \^X»J<3 2

" * '
Philosophy Ai-Jli

Physician •.■j-^^^.;^ pi. *Lbl

Piano 3Jto

Piastre ij!jj3

Pickaxe J^a-o

Pick up Jai) 8
(
"* Picnic dp 5

Piece rt-gJkS pi. %^

Pierce (bullet)

^ Piety ^

Pile up j^ i ^',^a*»u. .j^i^tjL^)

Pilgrim «^». pc. pi. ?».Uw.ft.
w Pillage s^^ inf.

Pillar ^ytfC
^Pine j«fc.j a inf. j^^.^ (Z^- f{oi- ^"^ )

X Hi

Pious CJ3 to be p. jj a
Pitch (tent) s^*^<a) u
'Pitiful J^ja^
Pity A-frO-; with w»
Pity, to^».j a

Wl X X ul

Place 5t-fl»>«, J«^-« pi. J^a*-^,

^j\sic pi. a^f, o^ui

It

Place, to %'»a^ Ob
V Plague pUj pi. A^jt

Ox

Plain (level ground) J^i^w, A».U

Plain speaking «-j-.o inf. 2

Plan AAjjJs

Plan, to jj3 5

Plantation ^J\1>»^

Play ^,,00 player, pc. pi, reg.

Play, to %.,-^ a

X «x

Playground wodLo

Pleasant JuJJ

Pleasantness jyi^
"* Please, to w*a»*-ft 4 : would you
"^^ please ^ ^ Ja

Ox iij X

Pleasure v-itj^, SJJ to find p.
JJ8

166

Plentiful j9^ pc. 5
•^Plenty wJa».

Plot, to j^ i inf. j^
v' Pluck up 3^^ 8

Plunder 3i^,^

Plunder, to ^,JL» u inf. wJ«rf

0 X

V Pocket w-wjcfc.

^ ■»
Poet j^U» pi. fttjjtS»

Poetry jjvS» poetic ^^jJti

Point di^Jkj p. of view i,^,

Point, to J3 ^^ to p. to ^^1 j^ 4
Poison ^o-rf pi. jiy^*^
Police ^j^^
"^Polish wjjjb inf. 2

Political, Politician ^c-jL-j pi.

reg.
Politics, Policy ^Lw
Poll-tax -j-lji.
Ponder = to plan

0 J

^Pony j^^pl.jly^
Poor j-jii (wretched) ,j«JC*»-«
Pope Ub pi. Ot^bl^ pr. n. w>^
Popular ^J^\
Port Arthur jjjl j^

V Portion tj^ pi. p]/*.!

Position ^3-« , j^j^ ? aJ^-L« to
^ be in a p. to ^^t 5
Possessed of ^3 , Ot^
Possession of, to put in ^^ ^^j^
2 : reflex. 5

Possible, to be ^jSU 4 : possi-
bility, inf.: as much as p.

Post (letter) ikw^j (an oflSce)
= office

Postponement, to ask for jisJ 10

Pour w-w.© u (tears) J-j*j i to
pour itself out J.aA 7

Poverty jis reduce to poverty 4
Power l^ (nation) aJj3 pi. J^^
Powerful jjj3
Practical Jl*i
Practice = works = JU^t
Praise (God) j
praise to (God) ^l

Praise, to jk.o»- ct
Praiseworthy, object of praise

•-jc« pc. pass.
Pray, say prayers ^JLo 2
Prayer «>)Li0, pi. reg. (informal)

Precede ^^^ i
Precincts = circle

(man) «-,

167

^Preeminence 5*|>J

Prefecture SjUl

Prefer J-oi 2 ^1 4
-'Prejudice jkA». pi. ^U^t

Prepare js- 4 to make pre-
parations 10

Prepared ^^^a^ pc.
J Preponderate •^a-j (alternately)
5

Prescribe = enjoin

Presence S^ofv.

Present (time), the Jla^l

Present at, with, to be j.^rv. w
to p. (a person, thing) 4 : to p.
oneself ^.^aa^ a (to offer)
juwj 4 : (give) j^ JA 4

Present, adj. j.f)f>. pc. : at p. = in

Hi

the p. time : (opp. of late) i«3^
Preserve Ixaa. a inf. isLA*. pre-

server, pc. pi, J9U^ p. care-
fully 3: ask top. 10

President = chief

Press (newspaper) 4ilato..o
"'Press, tOj-Aft i

Pressure jl& inf. 2

Prevail jj3 i

Prevent icu a inf. »;^

Previous JJ.^ pc.

Price ,j-o^
Pride Aiy£=>
Primitive = first
Principal (chief) ^^^
Principle Iju^
Prison ^,a» ..»

' wl J J

Private (life) j-o^-a^ private

persons 4moI».
Privilege J-j^ inf. 8 pi. fem.

privileged, pc.
Probable = perhaps

Probably J^,::*^! ^
to Proceed jaj Ut

^'Process (of time) ^^Jco inf. 6
Proclaim jjij u

Produce «.io pc. pass. fem.

Produce, to ttj^ ^

Product J«ci». pc. pass., pi. fem.

Profess (a religion) w^ jj>>> i

Professor ilJwt pi. SJuUt

Proffer jij3 2 with ^^1

Proficient, to be j3>* ^

6

Profit ^jj

Programme j»)jtf^jj

Progress, to ^Jj 8 : progress, inf.

to make to p. 2
Prohibit ^^^ a
Prohibition = bound

168

Prolonged, to be = to be long

Promise js-^

Promise, to js-^ i
^Promulgate «,j3 4
^ Prone, to be ^^^

Proof O^H *^ P^t ^^ *^® P-

Prop ijAjt

Propagation j.^ inf. 4
Property ^JLU pi. J'jJs : JU
pi. Jt3lt

Prophet j-J

^ a J
Proportion as, in LJl^ in p. to

Propose ^^^ t>^ *

Proprietor ^,„sft.lo, ^U
'* Prose j^

Prosperity ^^

Prostrate oneself jtfw.»> u

Protect j<.fr». i

Protection jt^x*. to receive p.
j^of. 3 : to give p. 4 : to demand
p. 10: more protecting, elat.

Prove *ju (3JU) u inf. p*^" to
cause to be proved 4

Proverb ji^ pi. Jl;l«l
. Provide Jjj w
Providence ajU^

Province ijij.*fll«, tiy
Provisions, to take >jj 5

Hi Z J J

Public j^>«* to make p.

in p. tjlyft-
Publish jjij i, a
Pull ji*. u p. down^jJb r p. off,

out cjj i p. up (horse) ^*^ «
Pulpit j^^
Punish s^js- 2 p. in return

S,^^Afr 3

Punishment w^tj^, w>Uft legal

p. J^

Pure ^Ju (of blood) a....ai.o,

Jt^f. J:}^*^: (soul) ,^J
(water) ^i-c pc.

Purely t^.-w o (adj.)

Purify j«^-b 2 : to p. oneself j^J 5

Purport wjL«

Purpose t/tf'j^

Purpose, to j^^j i (a thing)

Purposely Ijuad

Push «i^ a inf. «.i>

Put «.^3 a inf. 3»-^j, |J*»- «
p. off (postpone) tr. j^\ 2,
intr. 5 : p. off (shoes) «J^ o^
p. on J*J a

169

Quake JjJj 2 : to make to q. 1

Qualify ^Ju^ 2

Quality dJuo pi. reg., good q.

Hi W X

Quantity 4-j^£d in large q.

= with muchness
Quarrel ^^j-« 6 : to q. with 3
Quarrelsomeness 2uj\jJj
Quarter (5 J bushels) wJjkjt

9-

Quarter one on t^ 2 : to take up
one's quarters 5

Queen a5CJL«

Quench the thirst of j^jij 4

Question 4jLwe pi. aAL^I (opp.

to answer) Jl^-*
Quickly = in haste
Quiescence = sukun
Quote ,^j*>^ 8

Race (lineage) i«l, jj-»i>.,^^

pi. j^Usfc.!
Kacial ^.»,J^
Raciality Ai..»>.u>.
Rage isL^ to fall into a r. 5
Raid o«ijs. pi. reg.

Hi UJ

Railway 4Jw , 4jjujc». 4Jw,

Rain j.L^ pi. jUx«t

Rain on, to w^ i

Raise up ai; a

Raja fi^j

Rally j^ ^t

Ramadan = Ramadanu

Rancour jJi». to harbour r.

^ rancorous ^^a^
Rank (degree) duij to take r.

Ransack jJou

Ransom j^oi i r. oneself 8

Rapier ^U»».

Rare, to be jjJ w

Rarely IJIS

Rarity jjj pc. fem.

Al-Rashid ju^yi

Rashly, to deal ijj^ u

Rather than 4^5^ r. than that

W ^ • g

l.e-« the r. \^j.oJ^\ or r.

Raven w^tjx
Raw (material) ^J^l
Razor ^r^yc
VReach ^j^ to come within
reach of ^h^j 3 : to be within
r. of one another 6

170

Reach iX> u to r. out (the
hand) to Jy 6

Read tji a reader, pc. pi. e.\j3

Ready to act, to be Ja*
make oneself r. w-sAI 5

5 to

in r.

•1 Reality

Realize ^^a. 2

Really rtS^to

Reap jk^i^ u inf.

Reapinghook J^a»i«^

Reason (cause) w--w by r. of

■ Reassert = back

^ Rebel j^ w
Rebellion oj^
Receipts, see revenue
Recent w,^jj>^, recently, ace.

Recite (Koran) ^ {^) ^
(poetry) jtlj 4
■' Reciter (of Koran) Jaa». pc. pi.

■4 J

JsU*. (of poetry) jutj pc. 4

Hi

Reckon js- u

Reckoning ^L*^
^ Recognise ^j 3 ^j^ * Jj^ 4

Recollect oneself, to j^3 5
vi Reconcile Jiij 2

Recorder %t>jk^ pc. 2

Recount ^^Ja3 u
Recourse to, to have w>^ 4
Recover ,3^ 4
Recur = occur time after time
Red j-«A. elat. to grow red 9
Redeem «^
Redemption ^^j^
Reduce to straits j«ci».
Redundant juj pc.
Refectory ^esckuo
'Reference 4.j-jl^
Refined wft,»iaJ
Reflect = regard
Reform, to »JLo 4 Reform, re-
formation, inf. pi. Ol».^)Lot
reformer, pc.
Refrain — abstain

Refuge, to take UJ 8 to seek
r. ^^c u to say ' I seek r. in
God' 10

Refuse ^-jl a

Regard j^ 8 : regarding, in r.
to ^

Regime = order
Region = direction
Register \^\yt^
vRehearse, inf. ^j^a
Reign

171

Rejoice m-ji a

Relate (tell) 3j^ 4 it is related
^JC*. to r. oneself to ^-^ 8

' 0 X

Relation <L*J , diTj^ pi. reg.

Relationship 4jj3 near r. S^lji
Relatives dj*,>1
Relenting ^^.-i^
Relic jjt pi. jUT

Religion j^i pi. O^:!"^' P^^
fessor of r. 5 pc.

Religious j«-oi

Relinquish ^^ ^JL». 5
•^ Reluctance j^^

Rely J^3 5

Remain ^Jo a to make r. 4

Remainder d^ij

Remark, to = say
•^ Remarkable <UaJ, «.J pc.

Remember ^^^ u (by heart)

Remind j^3 4

Remonstrate w-J^ft 3 remon-
strance, inf. w>Ufr

Remorse ^jJ to feel r. ^jj a

Remote luJtr pc. juou to be r.

Remove «.JJ a tr. j^ 2 juu 4

Renaissance = Rising
Render Jjt»- a ^j u
Rene-Tail landier 4-ojJlJ 4-L;j
Renew ji». 2
^Renounce j^^iij i
Renown ^^Ut»
Rent, to be jJaJ 5
Reorganization = organization

^ 0 <

Repair <is*» X.ac

Repair, to «JLo 4 : repair, inf.

Repeat (do again) ^^ u (a

thing) 4
Repel lj> a to r. mutually 6
Repent wJ^J u
Repentance 4j^

ml ^

Repentant w^t^J
Repenting A^tjJ
Replace slo^j 4
Reply w^3^ 4
^Report "j3 inf. 2
Represent J^ 2 (politically)
^j>ft w>y u representation,
inf. ^tJ
v^ Repressing ^li^

Hi J 0 J

Republic duj^y^fOf.
Repulse 3; w

Require 9>^*- 8 with ^JJ: have
no escape from

172

A.
Requirement vj^

Requisite, to be j«-tfi3 8

Requisition, to j,<\r%. 10
'/Requital w»'^

Requite w>^ 2 and 4
•"'Rescue J^ 4 ,i

Resemblance J^ >'^"

Resemble <i^ 3 and 8 : 5 with w>

Resent s.y^ 8

Residence ji^ inf. 4

Resident ^JjJj

Resist ^^ 3

Resolution .>6j^, 5^j.ft

Resolve j^js- i

Resort, to ^^\ i
* Resources o^jj

0 ^ J J

Respect (way) a^^ pi, d^».j
(reverence) jbj^ inf. 8 : in r.
of j^

Responsible (^JL£» pc. pass. 2 :
to be r. for = to secure (debt)

Rest (remainder) yLt (peace)

Rest, to (of building) j^j 8
(repose) ^^j 10

Restful *-^j elat.
Resting-place jJ^
Restore (give back) ^^ 4

Restrain Ut£r* u
Restrict j.o3 8

Result, to J^-a*. u inf. J^^».
make to r. 2: result, pc,

Resurrection i^LS
Resuscitate = make live
Retrace one's steps jjt 5

6 ,

Retreat 4jt».j
Retreat, to su*-; t

Return l^^ return journey

Return, to, intr. «.».j i >^ i* :
tr. afifc.j i >j w : to r. (from
journey) >oj3 a: to r. to (the
attack) >^ 3 : to make to r.
4 : to seek to return to 10

Reveal ^Jl». 2: to r. oneself 5
to be revealed 8: (a secret)
^3 4

Revel J^AJj

Revelation i^^-j to grant a r.

Revenge ^^ inf. 8
'Revenue ^^^ inf. 4, pi. fem. reg.
Revere ^ja. 8
Reverence, to ^^ 8
Reverse ^^;«JCfr
Review »xi5 5

173

/Revile w-w u

^''Revive ^^ 4: intr. j_^jt> 8

0 f

Revolution (political) Sj^j
R-evolve j^^ u tr. 2
Reward ptjA.
Reward j^^jj*. * and 3
-^Rhyming consonant j^^j
Ribbon ^ILuj^

Rich ^^y£. pi. pL^t to think
oneself r. 10

Riches ^^^

Ride w<^^j a rider, pc. : inf.

w;|5^j r. behind i^>; 3
Right Ji»., v'^*^ pl- <3>**'
Right hand jJ>,n^ pi. O^^
Rip up jAj a

Rise >6^ w j-5j 8 : to begin to r.
(star) c>j

•Rising

Rite

River j^ pi. jl^l

Road *^ pi. Jjis , Ol5jj9

road ,i)i

Rob, to, inff. ^,-sXw, Jj^, SSj-w
Robe w>^ pi. w>'^'
Rock jjfc^ pi.

R6le of, to play the ,*JUL»

^Roll, to 7ry^>
Roller AJ^jjLLo

Roof »^«Ai»>

« J

Room 45^

/ *^

'Root J^t to take r. 5: to r.

out 10
Rope J..j»-
Rose :>jj

Rough lauJLg to rough it j,A»-^ 5
Roughly with, to deal ^^JU JaJ^
Round J^^
Rousseau, Jean Jacques oW*

Rout jijSb i pass. 7
Route J^jJ»

Rub ^j^ u inf. J^ r. oneself

^8
Ruddy = red
Rude ,^^V
^/Rude to, to be
Rugged j^j
Ruin w>!/^ (moral)
Ruin, to wJj^ ^
Rule, to >3-> w
Ruler (to draw lines) S

(y^)^

174

Run ^ja£^j u (flow) \^jaf. i

inf. ^^j-e^ r. away (slave)
Jj\ u, i

Rush (upon)
in^^si^ 8
Russia LwjjJI

Russian

L5*^3J

e>

Salih
Salim

Salisbury ^jy^Lj
tor. blindly [.^galoon Afi^U, 0>J^-^
Salt «JL« adj. OU
As-Salt ixJLJt

Saadat Ot^U
^ Sack A.«£3j
Sacred ,^j3 pc. pass. 2
Sacrifice -^^i a
Sadden OJ-^ ^
Saddle ^J.»-j
Sadly = with grief
Safa, the = al-§afa

Safe jj^t pc. ^,»JLw to be s. ,j-ol
a to make s. 4 : safer^,^JL> elat.
Safely ^,^JL» pc. ace.
Safety u^*^^

Sagacious j^^^i pi- ^^^3'
Sagacity pI£»3

Sailor p-'^JL*
Saint (St.) ^L»

Op » ^

Sake J4h.t, A».^
Saladin = the soundness of the
Religion

Salute ^^ j^ 2

Salvation 2lc*^

Sandal Jjti

Sanhedrin = sitting

Sardinia twLj^j^

Satan, the = al-Shaitanu, pi.

^Satiated, to be «..w a

0 C

Satisfaction l\^^

Satisfied, to be j«-^j a to satisfy 4

Savage ^c^.^-^

Save = except : save that ^^*^

oi

Save, to ^,^tfJU. 2

Say J^ 1* sayer, pc.

Saying J^5
/ Scabbard j^^ pi. 33^

Scarcely = not almost or almost
not

Scare \^^^ 2 : to be scared yio u
Scatter J Ju u inf. jju

Scene, to come on the Jjj u

175

Sceptical, to be ^^j 8, Sceptic,

Security (safety) ^\jt>\, ,>«l

pc.

(pledge) a3U-i>

4 Sceptre jjlajJ^^

Sedative ^jSi^ pc. 2 fern.

^ 0 ^

School Awjjk^

Sedition a^

0 J i

Science ^^ pl.^^JU

Seduce j^ w

Scientific j^^Jl^

See, see good ^\^ a

J Scoff at ,j-« jjLw a

Seed cjj

Scour J^*rf pi. J>,j-rf

Seeing that if
i Seek ^ii ?^ ,^^ 8

0 ^

Scrape w^sa^j a inf. w.o>j

Seeking wJLU

/Script Jk^

Seem j^ a

Scrub j,!ali»

Seize Jkifc.1 i* inf. Jc^t

^ Scruple A^j

^ Select j^^.jft. .8

0 ^

Sea j.a^ pi. jU*o

Selection ^Jo inf. 8

Search jj^ inf. 2

Self ,^^, Ot3pl. t^l

Season (of year) jJai

Selfish j^li

^ 0 ^

Sell «-o i seller, pc. pi. asKj

Seclude oneself 3JL^ 8 seclusion,

Semi- <auw

inf. 5

Send ^^.saj a J--j 4 : s. down Jp

Second ^U adv. ace.

4: s. upjjLo 4

Secret j^

Sending dJUj

Secret, adj. ^y^

Sensible of, to be w> ^j„^ 4

Secret, to tell as, keep s., tell
secretly j^ 4 ^

Sentence pUai
'Sentiment = opinion : (feeling)

Sect = way

aii^u

Section = piece : (people) J^j^i

Separate J-cii ^ pass. 7

Secure (debt) Ji£> u

Series oJUiw

176

Serious =

= important

Seriousr

ess = importance

Serpent

Serve j^J^ u servant, pc.

, pi.

^Jui.

(of God) jLfP pi.

>Up

service A^j^ to take into s.

10

Set(sun)w>;.ftwinf. ^X)^: (star)
Jit It : s. about a thing w>^^
It: s.beforeoneself (aim) w»j.y».
3 : s. forth (expound) ^-^oi 4 :
s. out Jfcg 8: to be set (to
tune) ^^Xft jy© 7

Settled, to be J3 10

Settled country SjUa*.

Seven «-»-;

Seventh «jL/

Seventy 0>*^

Shade (spoil) p^-i
- Shadow JJi

wi

. Shake jA u

\
"^ Shame Ham ^ci.^

Jl " ' "

"^ Shame, to be put to ^}j^ o> to

put to s. 4

Shape SLa
Share w^^^gu
Shave JiJL»» "i and 2
Shed >S)Ju/ i inf. «2AJLf

Sheikh a^ pi. *^Umo, (chiefs)

Shelter oneself ^^^\ i shelter

jj-jU to find s. laJ 8
Sherif uijj-i»
Sherifian ^-ajj-S>
Shield, to become a ,j^j*.

^ Shine Uj (ykj) ^^

■* ■*
Ship rt.;,jA..> pi. j^>Aw coll. ^j-tSLo*

Shoaib = Shu'aibw?i

Shock dJiA^

Shoe = sandal

Shoe (oneself) IJ>^ (j**^*) ^

inf. jjk».
Shoot = beat
Shoot out «.3^ 7

-^Shop 0^.>> *^>5 In-
shore j^jJstij

Short j-j-d5 to be s. j-ciS u to
fall s. 2 : to shorten oneself 6

Shortly after = after by a little

Shoulder y,.X^

Shout f^j^ 8

Show j^ 4 j^lj 4
* Shrink ^^joJS i
^Shrivel JU^ 4

Shrub 5j->a^ pi. reg.

177

Shun ^js^ u^j^ 4

Siberia L;j-»--v Siberian \^ji>^

Sick uouj^ to be s. ^^j^ a

sickness ^Loj^
Side ii^U^. (also abstr.) ^.^^

(of a compartment) Jm5> (party)

Siege J I

Siffin

^ Sigh 5j,.M». pi. Otj.M.».
' Sighing j^j

Sight J.CU pi. jLflul to sight 4

Sign ^t

Signet-ring ^l».

Significance = importance

Signify \3j£. 2

Silence O^w

Silent cJw pc. to silence 4
'^Silt J^

Silver dJaS

Similar to JU^ ^JLft

Similarly' = like that

Simplicity a^Lmj

Sin^l

Sin, to, inf. iJLck

Sinai = Sininu, Saina'u

0 JO.

Since 3 J, si^
w.

Sincere

Sing (recite) jJij 4

Singing »U^

Single ij9 pc. pass. 4 : to be s. 7 :
singleness, inf. 4 : single (after
neg.) ^>«

Sink ,3j^ ^

Sit ,.^JL»> ^ inf. ^>ll». s. with 3

Sitting ,_;JU»^

Hi

Six WW

Sixty 0>^

Skilful l^\i^

Skill Ajli

Skirt jJS pi. Jbi^t

Sky pU-^

Slab «.^, A».^

Slaughter ^^Juo

Slaughter, to ^3 a and 2

Slave juft pi. jUi*i^ slavegirl

Slay J>l5 ?^ slain J^
Sleep ^Uo

Ox

Sleep, to ^y a inf. ^y
Sleepingplace %^^Jx>c

12

Slender vJLa elat.

Slightness ^J\^

»x
Slip 5yiA

Slip, to Jj i

Sloping jj^j^ inf. 7, pi. fera.

Slow *j^^^

Slumber j^>w^ a inf. Aiw

Small j-Jlo to think s. 10 :
(poor) j-ii»- (of number) = few

ml XX

Small-pox {^jJ^

Smile ^,^-«j 5

Smoke jjl^i

Smooth, to jy* 2 : to become s.

5 : smoothest, elat.
Snatch w^KeW a
Sneeze ^^^..nUp i

Ox

Snow -yJLj snowy ^^j^^

So »^ so and so tj^^ IJl^ so

^ W X Ox

far ^^)l £<^ so that w^s^a^j
and so on ^3 j-j^ ^Jl

Soap Ol^^^-^

Soar J^JL». 2

Social j-tLo-^fifc-l

Society'- ;t-o*. pc. pass. 8 (as-

\m' Wl 0 X

sociation, committee) <lj.jt.ojfc.

Soft ,J>J deal softly with 3:

(wind) e\^j
Softness ^j^
Soil = earth

Soldier ^jUah- coll. jucb. pi.
Solemnize w> ^^^ao^^^

178

^Solid

*' Solidarity

Sollicitous about, to be

Sollicitude ^Jb inf. 8

Solomon = Sulaymanu

Ox

Some^^^^AXj some. . .other . . . ,

0

^^;Aaj some of ^^

Sometimes = now and then : j3
with impf.

0 X

Son ^\ pi. ^j^ reg.

Soon JUiJU : = when a short time
had passed away: as s. as

Soporific ^jmSJ pc. 4 fem.
Sorrow

Sorrowing jj^j
Sorry, to be jjj '^

Ox e-

Sort c^ pi. ^i>il in some s.

u uy

Soudanese ^^b^

Ox JOC ^J

Soul ^^jtJu pi. i„^«Ait, |^>ftj

(person) rt.».>.J

0 X

Sound O5-0

X J X

Sound, to be -.JL^ li sound,
>i' adj. -= pc. : (opinion) J.-jJ«.».,

Soundness ^*%ia

South

southwards, ace.

^ it/Af*^^',*'^**-^*-

/

179

Southern ^^^

Sovereignty AwIjj

Sow, to cjj inf. cjj sowings,
pc. pass. fern. pi.

Space OjJ» (of time) S ju«

Spade jAsfc,«

Sparing, to be j^oS 8
"^ Spark Sjlj^

Speak to^^JL^s 2: to s. (mutually) 5

Special y,jA^ pc, ^^^^^.o^

Specify j>aP 2

Spectacle jixU

Speech ^'^)l£», J^5, Aa^, aJa».
^ Speedy .iUwj

Spell on, to cast ^ yi„^ 2

Spend (money) JU3 4 : (time)

Spendthrift, to be «^j^ 4

Sphere = circle

Spirit (opp. of letter) =^ meaning :

(soul) ^3j pi. ^I^j!
Spiritual = religious
Spite Ja5 inf. 7
Spite of, in ,j^ l^j
Splendid jji*J pc.
Split, to J^w w, pass. 7
Spoil, to w-yj a inf.
Spot J»i>o

Spread «-w i inf. ^>^^ s. abroad

Spring ^ft fem., pi. ^^^s-

Spring, adj. ,^^3coj
ft
Spring up (grow) Lij a

Spurious w^Ji£» pc.

Spy, to -»i,-oJ ^ to s. out t..^««fc. 5

Squander v^.iJU 4

Square, to 50j 2

Stable jlL^t

Stake j.La. 3

Stamboul = Constantinople

Stamp (feet) .ku». 5 : s. on, 2 :
(cloth)^^ 4

Stamping JLu*.

Stand, intr. ^^ w inf. ^I*j5, tr.
(wa5j ^ to s. by = to s. upon
the side of: to s. to receive
orders, inf. J^l« to s. still

\J3^ i inf. <J^^ to come to
a standstill, 5

Standard j^l^jS, j^Ui-o adj.

^ 0 ^ J J

Star^Qj»*J pl.^^a^j

ft
Start (a work) ^-i Jc».l m

Starvation w^a..^

State (country) aj'n)^ pi. reg.

(condition) JU. fem., pi.

0 ft

Jt^».t s. of things 4JU»
12—2

180

Statement J^
Statesman = politician
Station (railway) 4jaA»^ pi. reg.

0 ^

(rank) Aijs>c

Statistics Ot»Ua».t

Stay v*>5 4

Steal ^^J^ i

Steam, adj. ^^^\a^

Steamship Sj^lj

Step in J^^ 6

Steppes *^Li pi.

f ^ ^
Stiff' climb am pi. reg.

Stifle Jm^ 16 (3^"*^ 0^'

J Still, to f jjb 2

Stint, to ^^ jJ3 26

Stipulate ^t jlj^

Stir up (dust) j^ 4

Stocks Aiii

Stoker ^15^

Stone j^a^.*- (of a ring) ,^^

Stone, adj. ^jljjw.^.

Stop (train) sJl9^ i tr. 2 : stop

up (well) inf. jb^j

Store, to Cij^ u inf. (^^j^

Store up for oneself j^^ 8

Storehouse j-ji^ '^ p^^ ' - rr*

Storm = violent (wind), pi.

Story AjUii^

Straight ^^^

Strained (compulsory) ^jU^t

Strained, to be jj^ 5

Strange >^g^j£'

Straw ^Jii chopped s. ^j^
Stray (from faith) ^jj^ inf.

Stream j^

Street cjlw

Strength S^ pi. ^^

Strengthen jut 2 ^^ 2 : (of
plant) jj I 3

Stress j-o

^ ^ < ttf
Stretch out .k«*u u, jt« w to s.
f-
the neck w^lj-w 4

Strict IskAA. pc. 3

Strictly orthodox w^J>^»Jl ^J^

Strife ^Lo*.

Strike = hit

Striking ^jJsu^

String, to^^JsJ i

Strive^^-o^ 6 and 8 : to s. with 3

Mi ^

Strong ^^ to be s. ^tfi a
Struggle Jlj^
Struggle, to ^j^ 6

181

Student ^,*JLt pc. pi. w**^,

Study 2u\ji, yj^j^

Study, to ^j^j> u to s. together 6

Stuff (cloth) ^ij

Stumble 5^

Stumble, to^St m, i

Stupid = fool

Subaltern ^Ij pc. pass.

Subdue ^Jj 10

Subject (of discourse) w^sa^^^,

7^3 P^- pass.
Subjects 2^c-j pi. LjUij
Submission c^-o^, ^^j
Submit ft^iOA. a
Subside ^joij ^^
Subsisting ji^

Substance (of discourse) io^)Li.
Substitute ^oO
Succeed (follow) 'nU (>U) u

««.AJL<h. u (not fail) 9*a»^ c( to

s, to ^j i

Successor ^

to make s.

^' Succour, to ask for ,j^ 10
Such = like that, etc. : such as
= as, like : such a one ^J^

/

/

Suckle «-o; 4

Suckling jijj-tf;

Sudden jJla^s

Suddenly
Suet, a bit of
Suffice iji^ i to s. one against,
c. d. a. : to s. oneself 8

0 ^

Sufficiency w^.M-a.

Sufficient j«i^ pc. or impf . with
ace.

Sufi y^yo pi. duSya

Suit Jiij i

Suitable, to be yJ\ 5

Sukun 0>^

Suleiman the Magnificent

Sully ^ a

Sultan ^ILJL> sultanic ^JlLJlw

0 J

Sum aJL»».

Summary j^^as^J pc. pass. 2

Summit A^pl-^o-o^

Summon U^ (^>) u to be sum-
moned (jury) w>jJ 8

Summons 5^^

Sun ^^fi»^fJij

Sundry c^ pc. 6

Supererogatory thing SJiU

Superior J«ci5 elat.

182

** Supplicate cj-o 5

Supplication pU>

Supply jL« 4

Support 5jk^U-«

Supposable J*^»- pc. pass. 8

Suppress ^^l£» «A

Sure of, to make w> ,jJb 4

Surety ,j-o-^ pc

Surface a-.k»>

Surpass y^ j^j i

Surpassing J^ pc.

Surround k^». 4 with ace.
or w>

Survey aJUa 8

Surviving = in the bond of life

Suspect ^«-^»ri. ci,^o^^ 8

Suspend ^J,kft 2

Swallow «Jij a

Sway = strength

Swear ^1 4

Sweep 4_,,.,^ inf.

Sweetmeat i^li
v/' Swerve Jup ?*

Swift Jtjj-rf
J Swim j»^ u inf.^^

Swoop ^;a3 7

Sword Uijw pi. ^^t^

Syed ju--

Sympathetic ^J^ pc. 3
Sympathise = feel along with
Sympathy = inclination

o ,

Syria jXt^\

Syrian ^Jj^

System ^Uaj pi. fem. reg.

Table Sj^U
Tabuk J3.J
Tact y^a. inf. 8

Take J.6J u t. to oneself 8 : to t.
to ^\ jco^ i t. place si^ a t.
self off from Jj^ 8 : t. in turns
w>3J 6

Tale 4..a3 pi. ,^ja^

Talib wJlL

Talk s^j^,^*^

Talk to, to Oj^». 3: to t. to-
gether 6

Tall Jji^

Tangier Aaf,J^

0
Tank ^jj^^

-^Tap (of drum) cji
^/Tarry visJ a wXo u

Task ^^ pc. 4 fem.

Task, to UJ^ 2

Taste, to ^^y^ u to make to t. 4

183

Tavern 26\^ pi. reg.

Tax AjLft-

Teach ^^JU 2, teacher, pc.

Teaching = doctrines

Tear 4jt«^ pi. ^yo^

Telegram ^\jjt}3 pi. fem. reg.

Telegraphic = lightning

Tell Jy u

Temporal= worldly or = transient

Temptation ^^Jb

Ten j-t^

Tenacious = violent

Tendency =^ inclination

Tender f^^^

Tent rC».^ pl.^l^^

Tent-pole ^l-o^t pi. juo^

Term (of life) J^l
•* Terrible Jyb pc.
>/ Terrify j*3 a
y Terror J^ pi. Jt^l

Test jj.»«« a, pass. 8

Tether JUft

Tewfik Jd^ inf. 2

Thamud = Thamudu

Than ,j^

Thank y;:^ 7/

Thanks jJJj pi.

I 0 i a c.

That, conj. ,jt, ^t in order

that'Jji:*, J, ^
That, pron. ^3 ikc.
Then J, Ji, ^h J^
Theocratic ^^1
There, there is, are ^Ua
Thereafter ^
Therefore = for that
These g*^>
v/Thick w%:^, .iU^
Thickness dto^
Thief ,Jj pi. ^^3-^
Thigh JcLi
Thing p^[^ pi. ^Ui;t
Think J^ w (imagine) ^^^ 5 :

s.

to t. twice ^J^l 5
Thinking ,jji, j^

Third .iJU thirdly, ace. \ >tM

J/ *'

^' Thirst 5^ t. for revenge JJl^

/ ' . *- "

* Thirst, to iW^ ^ i^^- WJ^

Thirsting ^^^.L^

J ^ 0 ^

Thirsty ^jLi.Ja^
Thirty o^*^
This Ua &c.
^Thistles J^

Thorn >U5
Those ib':^^!

X

184

J

Thought jl>[L, jkfi (abstract)

Of- jI

Thousand wiJI pi. o^Jt

Thread hilL

Threat ju^j

Threaten jU8 2, threatening, inf.

Three ^^)L5

Thresh ^^^ u

Threshing-floor jJuj

Hi 0 J 0 ^

Throne ^^-^j.^, ^^j^^
Through w>

Throw, throw away, down ^-^j i
lit. to pelt : to t. off cjJ i inf.

cp to t. up, inf. «.ij
Thrust c> z^
Thunder ji^j
Thus tjc^
Thwart \^jS- 3
Tiding, good Sj-j-lj to bring g. t.
j^ 2 : to tell g. t. mutually 6
Tie ak^tj

Tie, to isuj i, pass. 8

Tieling ij j^l5

Tigris, the iW^

Time O^J^ (long) j>ij, sjli pi.

0^ Of.

reg.,(of prayer) wJj pi. O'ijt
t. after t. .'i-^a. juu U*^ at

0 ^ ^ Ki

t.^^j Ol3, j>,oc« ^j^J ^

at the same t. duJu C-J^JI ^-i,
adv. ^1 ^JLp (upon that) : at
that t. J^Sj^i-^ in the t. of

jLj^ ^^^Jlft the times jAjJI

Timely, to be »j-s». i

Times, the (newspaper) u-.o-jUt
w Tinsel ^jaJ
•^ Tired, to be ^ 4

Title ^j\^

To ^t, J

Together Ijco

J 0 <'

Tomb 5j.*io
Tongue ^jLJ pi. a;^!
Tooth w^U
Torch ^tj-j
7 Totter ^^ 6
Touch ^_;-».« a

Towards ^^1, (of place) ^a^J, (of
time) ^
-/'^Tower (up), to ^^

Town djJU, jJb or =city
Trace jif pi. jUT
4Track, to Ud (>iS) ?^
Traffic SjlaiJ adj. ^^jU^J
Traffic, to jt^ 3
Train (camels, railway) jlL3

masc, pi. OljlLi
Train, to ^j^ 2 (rear) ytj 2

185

?y

t««,^x.

^ Traitor j j^ pc. : to be t. C)^ u
Trample down = tread
Transfer Jl^*- 2
Transgress ^j^ 5 : to t. (against)

8, transgression, inf.
Transient, to be ^-li i
Transport, to ,JJu u inf. ^Jsj

to t. oneself 8

J Trap jutf>j

siTravel j.^^ i inf. j^w, j-s--.« to
t. by night j^£^ 4
Treacherous = traitor
Treachery jj^ pi. <L>\jj>t.
Tread stL^

J Tread, to ^^^ a to t. down
j^j^ u to t. out (corn) ^j3 ^

4 Treasure oj.^^
Treasury iilj^ pi. reg.
Treat J^ 3, (things) *JLft 3
Treatment aJUUlo , (medical)

-^Treaty with, to make j*^ 3
treaty, inf. djJblA.«

, , , 0 e.

Tree Sja^ pi. jU^I
Treeshaped j^Jtr pc. pass. 2

to

Trench >^j>^1
V Trial a.i^.o, pi,

Tribe

•^rick

/ Trifle, to i^ a
•^ Trifling <ia!J pc.
>iTrim ^^ 2
Triumph j-ioj inf. 8

Ul Hi

Trouble S^sl^Lo pi. j3^^'

inf. 8
Troubled, to be w>j-^ ^

wl

Troublesome JJ.^ pc.
Trough u^^ft.
Truce 4jjj8
True j3**-« pc-, (real)

speak t. Jjud u, to declare t. 2

Trumpet j^^

Trust ^Ltfj

Truth J^, ^AaA». in t. ace.

Truthful, truth speaking, to be,

Jju« u truthful, pc.
Try vj** 2 : (deceitfully) J^^

3: (endeavour) ^^uj a (test)

^ ^ ^ J J

Tumble hJut u inf. Ip^a^^

Tunis e^^ Tunisian jr*»J>>
Turban 4»«Uo^

Turco-Egyptian=EgyptianTurk
Turk ^J> pi. ^tpf
Turkey L£>p

Turn 4j^ , 5jj3 to take in turns
w>y 6

/

186

J Turn, to, tr. C-^ ^, intr. 8, j^^ 2 :
(mi]l)jj^ 4: t. aside, tr. ^^^
a, intr. 8 : t. away (from)
u^j^ 4: t. away in disgust
= loathe : t. back ^j u, inf.
^j, 3j-« t. one's back jj^ 4:
t. (fleeing) ^J^ 2: t. round
^pJld 7 : t. towards ^! i*
Tus ^^L
Twelve j-U Ul
Twenty, Twentieth OiJ--^
** Twine, to^ftj-J 4

Two o^*'
JTypejt>, JU^

Tyrannicide = killing of tyrant
Tyrant jL».

Uflf, Uff, to say ot 5

xJgiy ^^

Umaiyah A*^t
Unadulterated ^r^..^
Uncle ^^
Uncover ^.^.t.^ i
Under 0*a^
Understand Ji^ ^^9^ «
Understanding ^^5
Undertaking cj^ pc. pass.

Unfortunately = for the evil of

the fortune
Unhappy, to be jJJ.». a to make

unh. jJJ.». w

Uniform ^^ih

Union ^«-o*- in^- 8, place of u.
^ 0 ^

Unique j^<j»-^

Unite ,^>ju ^-oxfc. «, (form an

opinion) 8
Unity 5j^».j
Universal ^-o^^
Universalize ^^Xh 4
Unknown jSo pc. pass. 4

Unlawful v»'j.»- to pronounce,
declare unl. jbj^^ 2

wl

Unloose Jb». i6
Unpremeditated ^r-\riJ<^
Unsheath ^j^ 8

w<

Untie ^ w

Until i<^ u. that ,^^1 ^1
Unto ^1
Up, upon ^Js-
Upper ^JU elat.
J Uproar w-ji~<«

Upside down, to be ^-^ ^j ^- d*
= pc. pass.

Use J^ 10

187

Useful 1UU pc.

Usually wJUJI ^, UU

Utmost ajU

Vacate ^JL^ 4

Vain J.Jau pc, to render v. 4

Valley ^t^ pi. oW^3> *:J^3'

open V. cUj pi.
Valuable ,j-j^
Value (price) io-j5, ^J^i (worth)

Value, to jj3 i, u

Vary ^Jd^ 8, various, pc.

Vatican, the ^l£oUJI

Vault 2ui^-

Vault (a building), to ^ 4
J Vegetables Jij

Veil, to^pL» ?^, to V. oneself 8
'I Vein JjS' pi. Jjj^
J Venal d^ pc. pass. 2

Venerable ^--^t^j-o, J-JU.

Veneration 4^.aA

o'"

i Vengeance j\j

¥t JO J

Venice 3l,3jjj

Venture ^jk5 4, venturesome-
ness, inf.

0

Veracity Jju©

Verify Jm». 2, verification, inf.

Verily ^\^

Verse (of Koran) ajI (of poem)
sIXo pi. Ol-ol
YVery jk». ace.

Vestibule o'^^

Vestige ^frw;

Veto, to j^^ inf. ^^^
y Vexation cjxfc.

Vibration ^j inf. 8
'•Viceroy J-o^ pc.

Vicissitude oLUj

Victoria {jjyUSLs

Victorious over, to be w) jAli a
victor, pc.

ViewjJxU, ^^Ij-o

Views = opinions

0 ^ ^ J

Village 2ljj3 pi. ^j;j5

Vines w'wl^

Violence Sjl£»

Violent juji.w to act violently,
4 : to become v. 8 : v. (of
wind) sJi-AG' pc.

(virility 4JUi ^ rl-sk-A*^ ^ ptjtW^

Virtue AJLcii

Visible, to be Iju (^Jo) u, to
make v. 4

188

Vision Sujj

Visit j^j u, (sick) ^jp u

Visitation SjLjj

Visitor jjj pc. pi. jl^

Voice Oj-^

Void, to be hu^^ a

Volcano ^j\£sjj
Vowel = motion

Wade 4j^3». u
Wa-fang-tien ^j^ P!^^^ 'j
Wage holy war jl^j^ 3, inf. ily*.
Wait jJau 8 Wait ! = have

patience
Wake up, to 4-J 8, ilL) 5
Waking ^Uxaj
Wali, to become ^3 i Wali,

pc, pi. 5*^3 Waliship aj^)^
Walk ^r^ ^

0 ^ e J

Wall jt jk»., jj^cf. pi. Ob**^' (^*

town)j[3*rf pi. ji^*jt
Want (lack) ^jlp
Want (wish) 33^ 4 ^^ij i, (lack)

^jLt a to w. for oneself ^Jb 8

War Vj-fc* fem., pi. v^j-^ Holy

war >ly«fc.
War, adj. ^j.*.

War with, to w>/». 3 : to w.
mutually 6

Ward 03^ ^ • '^^ ^^' i^^- ^-^
to seek to w. oiff from each
other 6

Ware of, to be jjk». a inf. jJl^

to bid beware 2
Wares aSUaj pi.
Warm ^i^
Warn jjJ 4
Warner j-}JJ
Al-Warraq Jtj^l
Wash J-*^ i inf. J^^
Washington jj^Jau-wlj
Wasif <Ju^^
Waste = dissipate : to become

wasted away ^Jb a
Watch s^j 3 : w. (for) 8 : keep

w. over y^j»- u inf. iwlj.*.

watchman, pc.
Water pU pi. dtw«
Watering place Jh^^, 3;>«

OP

Wave ^yc pi. !>-'>«'
Wave, to -.y 2
Waxcloth «^ pc. pass. 2

Way AijjJs, ^>jj-b pi. JjJ* the

0..
ways of the winds ?»-ij.>l

189

Wazeer jjj^
Weak

Weak, to be \Jau6 to make w.
4 : to think w. 10

0 J

Weakness

— .-.■ ■* **

Weak points wi_«-oJI A»-jt

(respects of weakness)
Weal 4^*^
Wealth S^Ji
Wealthy = rich
Wear ,^^ a w. out ȣJLy5 8
Weariness ^.f^^
Weather ^».

0 J

Wedding yj>»j^

Week c,^\ Weekly J^^^wl

Weep ^JC^ i make w. 4

Weigh J^ i

Weight JuL

f ^ 0 ^

Welcome to w* W»>>^
Welfare i^lp
Well^fem., pi. jU
Well, adv. I jl*». : cognate inf.
Well, to do = to do good
Were it not for ^^
West w>ji westwards, ace.
Western i^j/^ w. part

What U, ^^t whatever ley^

Wheat ^^

Wheel round J^»» 5

When O, 15! When? ^

(at the time) when y^j-^j^
Whence = from where
Whenever U l^l
Where? ^^t where w-^aa.
Whether... or ^t...t
Which ^\
While, for a = a space from the

time

Whilst Llo, lo-is>^> U-iji^
Whisper ^y*^^
White ,,/tfuo elat. to become w. 9
Who, whoever, he who ^;^,

Whole J4, ^^^
Whole, to be ^»JU a
Wicked ya^ pc.
Wide, to be
Wife ^jj
Wilderness sS
Wilds ijlJ
Will, to Li
Win

pi. c5j

Wind *^j fem.

190

Window SjkiU

Wine j.^». , 5j«0^ pi.

W^ink at ^js- («-a^ 4

Winnow ^^y^

Winter pUw adj. j^^Jw

Wisdom ^l.oX»-

Wise^,»JC&- pi. pl.o^C».

Wish, to ^jj 4

Wisp w'N&o pi. ^Uuol

With wJ, (along with) ^3, «-o,

j^jJ, (before) jjs-
Wither Jo^ 4
Withhold c^j a
Within Jft.b
Without j^ ,j-«, (before inf.)

Oi*^ w. that ^l jj^> jj-ft
Witness j^-jy^i pi. ^>t-^ false w.

Witness, to j^ 3

Wizened Jo3 pc.

Woe J.JJ, iLj^ pi. reg., woe is

me ^<^3 woe be to you ^^iUb^
Woman S\j^\ with art. Sl^t

pi. frL«J

Womankind ^Jj\
Wonder »»j-Oi»^ and no w. ^jS- ^)j
Wonder, to w'^a^.P a with
to w. to oneself 5

U-«

Wonderful w-wja*^
Wont w»b

Wood w-wiifc., piece of w.

(forest) 4jlfi pi. reg.
Wood, wooden = of wood
Word Sl^X^ pi. reg.
Wording ^^-JL^

Work j;^ pi. juli

Work, to ,J.o^ a to w. for (an
object) j^^JLft J.^ to w. (a
machine) JJtw 8

Working J^

World ^U pi. reg. : this w.
UjJI

Worldly {^^>

Worm d>j3

Wormwood ^„^

Worse, worst j-S>

Worship, to ju^ -m- inf. o^Lc

Worshipper jl*^ pi. ^Lp

Worth w^ (>tJl»-

Worthy of J JaI

Worthy, to be J^ 10

Would that ! slU^J would that

Hi

I j<.ULJ he would ^j a he

would that 3J ij a
Wrest J^ifc. 3
Wrestle with cj«o 3, wrestler, pc.

191

Write v*^^ u writer, pc. pi.

Hi J ^ ^ *• ^

wjU^ w. oflBcially ^^w; ^
Writing AjU^

oj — ni

Wrong, to^,^ i inf.^^ wrong-
doer, wrong-doing, pc: wrong-

Hi

ing greatly >'^U9
Wrought Jjii

Yacht w^j-«, Co».j

Yahya ,^^,0^

Yathrib = Yathribu

Yazdayard >jJi^JJt

Yazid jujj

Year 2ljj»>, jt^sC- pi. ^^^.iw

Yearn

Yell

cp * yearning

Yellow jA^ elat.

Yen-tai j^U j^

Yes^^

Yoke j-J

You s:u3i , ^ol yours = to you

Young =small: stilly. J.^^^ ^

Youthful ^yS fern. S\::3

Zacharias = Zakariya'a (gen.)

Zaid juj

Zaiyat Obj

Zeal dj^

Zealous ^^*i.

Al-Zubeir j-ojJt

Zuhair j-J8j

ERRATA

Page 115 after "Absent, to be ^^^ i inf." add
„ 118, line 14 after "pass." add comma
„ 119, line 13 delete ^^^ a
„ 120 after "Assassinate" add comma
„ 124, line 10 for SjU read

CAMBBIDGE : PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

^^

r^

University of Torcnto

Library

•

§

•H

DO NOT /f

-P

//

•H

II

xa
O

REMOVE /

U ^

<D O

/ / '

P 0

THE ll

iz; 03

CV2 (Q ^

CARD 1

ss^

521

eir, Tho

Arabic

FROM ^

THIS Y

^

( .

POCKET X

M

C3 W

a Id

fSg

31

Acme Library Card Pocket

LOWE-MARTIN CO. limitkd